mirror of
https://github.com/microsoft/TypeScript.git
synced 2025-11-18 17:21:48 +00:00
Merge branch 'master' into enum-number-assignability-in-unions
This commit is contained in:
commit
0f1618106c
2343 files changed
+64178
-23657
No files matched your search
@@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ const gulp = helpMaker(originalGulp);
|
||||
const mochaParallel = require("./scripts/mocha-parallel.js");
|
||||
const {runTestsInParallel} = mochaParallel;
|
||||
|
||||
Error.stackTraceLimit = 1000;
|
||||
|
||||
const cmdLineOptions = minimist(process.argv.slice(2), {
|
||||
boolean: ["debug", "light", "colors", "lint", "soft"],
|
||||
string: ["browser", "tests", "host", "reporter"],
|
||||
@@ -727,6 +729,7 @@ gulp.task("browserify", "Runs browserify on run.js to produce a file suitable fo
|
||||
sourcemaps: {
|
||||
"built/local/_stream_0.js": originalMap,
|
||||
"built/local/bundle.js": maps,
|
||||
"node_modules/source-map-support/source-map-support.js": undefined,
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
const finalMap = chain.apply();
|
||||
|
||||
+25
-10
@@ -120,16 +120,28 @@ var servicesSources = [
|
||||
].map(function (f) {
|
||||
return path.join(compilerDirectory, f);
|
||||
}).concat([
|
||||
"types.ts",
|
||||
"utilities.ts",
|
||||
"breakpoints.ts",
|
||||
"classifier.ts",
|
||||
"completions.ts",
|
||||
"documentHighlights.ts",
|
||||
"documentRegistry.ts",
|
||||
"findAllReferences.ts",
|
||||
"goToDefinition.ts",
|
||||
"jsDoc.ts",
|
||||
"jsTyping.ts",
|
||||
"navigateTo.ts",
|
||||
"navigationBar.ts",
|
||||
"outliningElementsCollector.ts",
|
||||
"patternMatcher.ts",
|
||||
"preProcess.ts",
|
||||
"rename.ts",
|
||||
"services.ts",
|
||||
"shims.ts",
|
||||
"signatureHelp.ts",
|
||||
"types.ts",
|
||||
"utilities.ts",
|
||||
"symbolDisplay.ts",
|
||||
"transpile.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formatting.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formattingContext.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formattingRequestKind.ts",
|
||||
@@ -992,15 +1004,18 @@ function acceptBaseline(containerFolder) {
|
||||
var deleteEnding = '.delete';
|
||||
for (var i in files) {
|
||||
var filename = files[i];
|
||||
if (filename.substr(filename.length - deleteEnding.length) === deleteEnding) {
|
||||
filename = filename.substr(0, filename.length - deleteEnding.length);
|
||||
fs.unlinkSync(path.join(targetFolder, filename));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
var target = path.join(targetFolder, filename);
|
||||
if (fs.existsSync(target)) {
|
||||
fs.unlinkSync(target);
|
||||
var fullLocalPath = path.join(sourceFolder, filename);
|
||||
if (fs.statSync(fullLocalPath).isFile()) {
|
||||
if (filename.substr(filename.length - deleteEnding.length) === deleteEnding) {
|
||||
filename = filename.substr(0, filename.length - deleteEnding.length);
|
||||
fs.unlinkSync(path.join(targetFolder, filename));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
var target = path.join(targetFolder, filename);
|
||||
if (fs.existsSync(target)) {
|
||||
fs.unlinkSync(target);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fs.renameSync(path.join(sourceFolder, filename), target);
|
||||
}
|
||||
fs.renameSync(path.join(sourceFolder, filename), target);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Vendored
+2
-2
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ interface Map<K, V> {
|
||||
forEach(callbackfn: (value: V, index: K, map: Map<K, V>) => void, thisArg?: any): void;
|
||||
get(key: K): V | undefined;
|
||||
has(key: K): boolean;
|
||||
set(key: K, value?: V): this;
|
||||
set(key: K, value: V): this;
|
||||
readonly size: number;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ interface WeakMap<K, V> {
|
||||
delete(key: K): boolean;
|
||||
get(key: K): V | undefined;
|
||||
has(key: K): boolean;
|
||||
set(key: K, value?: V): this;
|
||||
set(key: K, value: V): this;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
interface WeakMapConstructor {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -93,11 +93,16 @@ class PreferConstWalker extends Lint.RuleWalker {
|
||||
|
||||
private visitBindingPatternIdentifiers(pattern: ts.BindingPattern) {
|
||||
for (const element of pattern.elements) {
|
||||
if (element.name.kind === ts.SyntaxKind.Identifier) {
|
||||
this.markAssignment(element.name as ts.Identifier);
|
||||
if (element.kind !== ts.SyntaxKind.BindingElement) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const name = (<ts.BindingElement>element).name;
|
||||
if (name.kind === ts.SyntaxKind.Identifier) {
|
||||
this.markAssignment(name as ts.Identifier);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
this.visitBindingPatternIdentifiers(element.name as ts.BindingPattern);
|
||||
this.visitBindingPatternIdentifiers(name as ts.BindingPattern);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -191,7 +196,9 @@ class PreferConstWalker extends Lint.RuleWalker {
|
||||
|
||||
private collectBindingPatternIdentifiers(value: ts.VariableDeclaration, pattern: ts.BindingPattern, table: ts.MapLike<DeclarationUsages>) {
|
||||
for (const element of pattern.elements) {
|
||||
this.collectNameIdentifiers(value, element.name, table);
|
||||
if (element.kind === ts.SyntaxKind.BindingElement) {
|
||||
this.collectNameIdentifiers(value, (<ts.BindingElement>element).name, table);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+15
-2
@@ -591,6 +591,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PrefixUnaryExpression:
|
||||
bindPrefixUnaryExpressionFlow(<PrefixUnaryExpression>node);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PostfixUnaryExpression:
|
||||
bindPostfixUnaryExpressionFlow(<PostfixUnaryExpression>node);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BinaryExpression:
|
||||
bindBinaryExpressionFlow(<BinaryExpression>node);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
@@ -1106,6 +1109,16 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
forEachChild(node, bind);
|
||||
if (node.operator === SyntaxKind.PlusEqualsToken || node.operator === SyntaxKind.MinusMinusToken) {
|
||||
bindAssignmentTargetFlow(node.operand);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function bindPostfixUnaryExpressionFlow(node: PostfixUnaryExpression) {
|
||||
forEachChild(node, bind);
|
||||
if (node.operator === SyntaxKind.PlusPlusToken || node.operator === SyntaxKind.MinusMinusToken) {
|
||||
bindAssignmentTargetFlow(node.operand);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1150,8 +1163,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
currentFlow = finishFlowLabel(postExpressionLabel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function bindInitializedVariableFlow(node: VariableDeclaration | BindingElement) {
|
||||
const name = node.name;
|
||||
function bindInitializedVariableFlow(node: VariableDeclaration | ArrayBindingElement) {
|
||||
const name = !isOmittedExpression(node) ? node.name : undefined;
|
||||
if (isBindingPattern(name)) {
|
||||
for (const child of name.elements) {
|
||||
bindInitializedVariableFlow(child);
|
||||
|
||||
+176
-180
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
const moduleSymbol = resolveExternalModuleName(node, (<ImportDeclaration>node.parent).moduleSpecifier);
|
||||
|
||||
if (moduleSymbol) {
|
||||
const exportDefaultSymbol = isShorthandAmbientModule(moduleSymbol.valueDeclaration) ?
|
||||
const exportDefaultSymbol = isShorthandAmbientModuleSymbol(moduleSymbol) ?
|
||||
moduleSymbol :
|
||||
moduleSymbol.exports["export="] ?
|
||||
getPropertyOfType(getTypeOfSymbol(moduleSymbol.exports["export="]), "default") :
|
||||
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (targetSymbol) {
|
||||
const name = specifier.propertyName || specifier.name;
|
||||
if (name.text) {
|
||||
if (isShorthandAmbientModule(moduleSymbol.valueDeclaration)) {
|
||||
if (isShorthandAmbientModuleSymbol(moduleSymbol)) {
|
||||
return moduleSymbol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2069,7 +2069,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
parentSymbol = symbol;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// const the writer know we just wrote out a symbol. The declaration emitter writer uses
|
||||
// Let the writer know we just wrote out a symbol. The declaration emitter writer uses
|
||||
// this to determine if an import it has previously seen (and not written out) needs
|
||||
// to be written to the file once the walk of the tree is complete.
|
||||
//
|
||||
@@ -2077,37 +2077,34 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// up front (for example, during checking) could determine if we need to emit the imports
|
||||
// and we could then access that data during declaration emit.
|
||||
writer.trackSymbol(symbol, enclosingDeclaration, meaning);
|
||||
function walkSymbol(symbol: Symbol, meaning: SymbolFlags): void {
|
||||
if (symbol) {
|
||||
const accessibleSymbolChain = getAccessibleSymbolChain(symbol, enclosingDeclaration, meaning, !!(flags & SymbolFormatFlags.UseOnlyExternalAliasing));
|
||||
/** @param endOfChain Set to false for recursive calls; non-recursive calls should always output something. */
|
||||
function walkSymbol(symbol: Symbol, meaning: SymbolFlags, endOfChain: boolean): void {
|
||||
const accessibleSymbolChain = getAccessibleSymbolChain(symbol, enclosingDeclaration, meaning, !!(flags & SymbolFormatFlags.UseOnlyExternalAliasing));
|
||||
|
||||
if (!accessibleSymbolChain ||
|
||||
needsQualification(accessibleSymbolChain[0], enclosingDeclaration, accessibleSymbolChain.length === 1 ? meaning : getQualifiedLeftMeaning(meaning))) {
|
||||
if (!accessibleSymbolChain ||
|
||||
needsQualification(accessibleSymbolChain[0], enclosingDeclaration, accessibleSymbolChain.length === 1 ? meaning : getQualifiedLeftMeaning(meaning))) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Go up and add our parent.
|
||||
walkSymbol(
|
||||
getParentOfSymbol(accessibleSymbolChain ? accessibleSymbolChain[0] : symbol),
|
||||
getQualifiedLeftMeaning(meaning));
|
||||
// Go up and add our parent.
|
||||
const parent = getParentOfSymbol(accessibleSymbolChain ? accessibleSymbolChain[0] : symbol);
|
||||
if (parent) {
|
||||
walkSymbol(parent, getQualifiedLeftMeaning(meaning), /*endOfChain*/ false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (accessibleSymbolChain) {
|
||||
for (const accessibleSymbol of accessibleSymbolChain) {
|
||||
appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(accessibleSymbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (accessibleSymbolChain) {
|
||||
for (const accessibleSymbol of accessibleSymbolChain) {
|
||||
appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(accessibleSymbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// If we didn't find accessible symbol chain for this symbol, break if this is external module
|
||||
if (!parentSymbol && ts.forEach(symbol.declarations, hasExternalModuleSymbol)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (
|
||||
// If this is the last part of outputting the symbol, always output. The cases apply only to parent symbols.
|
||||
endOfChain ||
|
||||
// If a parent symbol is an external module, don't write it. (We prefer just `x` vs `"foo/bar".x`.)
|
||||
!(!parentSymbol && ts.forEach(symbol.declarations, hasExternalModuleSymbol)) &&
|
||||
// If a parent symbol is an anonymous type, don't write it.
|
||||
!(symbol.flags & (SymbolFlags.TypeLiteral | SymbolFlags.ObjectLiteral))) {
|
||||
|
||||
// if this is anonymous type break
|
||||
if (symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.TypeLiteral || symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.ObjectLiteral) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2117,11 +2114,11 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
const isTypeParameter = symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter;
|
||||
const typeFormatFlag = TypeFormatFlags.UseFullyQualifiedType & typeFlags;
|
||||
if (!isTypeParameter && (enclosingDeclaration || typeFormatFlag)) {
|
||||
walkSymbol(symbol, meaning);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
walkSymbol(symbol, meaning, /*endOfChain*/ true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return appendParentTypeArgumentsAndSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function buildTypeDisplay(type: Type, writer: SymbolWriter, enclosingDeclaration?: Node, globalFlags?: TypeFormatFlags, symbolStack?: Symbol[]) {
|
||||
@@ -2506,8 +2503,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function buildBindingElementDisplay(bindingElement: BindingElement, writer: SymbolWriter, enclosingDeclaration?: Node, flags?: TypeFormatFlags, symbolStack?: Symbol[]) {
|
||||
if (bindingElement.kind === SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression) {
|
||||
function buildBindingElementDisplay(bindingElement: ArrayBindingElement, writer: SymbolWriter, enclosingDeclaration?: Node, flags?: TypeFormatFlags, symbolStack?: Symbol[]) {
|
||||
if (isOmittedExpression(bindingElement)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Debug.assert(bindingElement.kind === SyntaxKind.BindingElement);
|
||||
@@ -2923,7 +2920,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// undefined or any type of the parent.
|
||||
if (!parentType || isTypeAny(parentType)) {
|
||||
if (declaration.initializer) {
|
||||
return checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer);
|
||||
return getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return parentType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2983,7 +2980,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (strictNullChecks && declaration.initializer && !(getFalsyFlags(checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer)) & TypeFlags.Undefined)) {
|
||||
type = getTypeWithFacts(type, TypeFacts.NEUndefined);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return type;
|
||||
return declaration.initializer ?
|
||||
getUnionType([type, checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer)], /*subtypeReduction*/ true) :
|
||||
type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getTypeForVariableLikeDeclarationFromJSDocComment(declaration: VariableLikeDeclaration) {
|
||||
@@ -3092,7 +3091,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
// Use the type of the initializer expression if one is present
|
||||
if (declaration.initializer) {
|
||||
return addOptionality(checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer), /*optional*/ declaration.questionToken && includeOptionality);
|
||||
const exprType = checkExpressionCached(declaration.initializer);
|
||||
const type = getCombinedNodeFlags(declaration) & NodeFlags.Const || getCombinedModifierFlags(declaration) & ModifierFlags.Readonly ? exprType : getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(exprType);
|
||||
return addOptionality(type, /*optional*/ declaration.questionToken && includeOptionality);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If it is a short-hand property assignment, use the type of the identifier
|
||||
@@ -3114,7 +3115,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// pattern. Otherwise, it is the type any.
|
||||
function getTypeFromBindingElement(element: BindingElement, includePatternInType?: boolean, reportErrors?: boolean): Type {
|
||||
if (element.initializer) {
|
||||
return checkExpressionCached(element.initializer);
|
||||
const exprType = checkExpressionCached(element.initializer);
|
||||
return getCombinedNodeFlags(element) & NodeFlags.Const ? exprType : getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(exprType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (isBindingPattern(element.name)) {
|
||||
return getTypeFromBindingPattern(<BindingPattern>element.name, includePatternInType, reportErrors);
|
||||
@@ -3126,7 +3128,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the type implied by an object binding pattern
|
||||
function getTypeFromObjectBindingPattern(pattern: BindingPattern, includePatternInType: boolean, reportErrors: boolean): Type {
|
||||
function getTypeFromObjectBindingPattern(pattern: ObjectBindingPattern, includePatternInType: boolean, reportErrors: boolean): Type {
|
||||
const members = createMap<Symbol>();
|
||||
let hasComputedProperties = false;
|
||||
forEach(pattern.elements, e => {
|
||||
@@ -3157,11 +3159,12 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// Return the type implied by an array binding pattern
|
||||
function getTypeFromArrayBindingPattern(pattern: BindingPattern, includePatternInType: boolean, reportErrors: boolean): Type {
|
||||
const elements = pattern.elements;
|
||||
if (elements.length === 0 || elements[elements.length - 1].dotDotDotToken) {
|
||||
const lastElement = lastOrUndefined(elements);
|
||||
if (elements.length === 0 || (!isOmittedExpression(lastElement) && lastElement.dotDotDotToken)) {
|
||||
return languageVersion >= ScriptTarget.ES6 ? createIterableType(anyType) : anyArrayType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// If the pattern has at least one element, and no rest element, then it should imply a tuple type.
|
||||
const elementTypes = map(elements, e => e.kind === SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression ? anyType : getTypeFromBindingElement(e, includePatternInType, reportErrors));
|
||||
const elementTypes = map(elements, e => isOmittedExpression(e) ? anyType : getTypeFromBindingElement(e, includePatternInType, reportErrors));
|
||||
let result = createTupleType(elementTypes);
|
||||
if (includePatternInType) {
|
||||
result = cloneTypeReference(result);
|
||||
@@ -3179,8 +3182,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// the parameter.
|
||||
function getTypeFromBindingPattern(pattern: BindingPattern, includePatternInType?: boolean, reportErrors?: boolean): Type {
|
||||
return pattern.kind === SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern
|
||||
? getTypeFromObjectBindingPattern(pattern, includePatternInType, reportErrors)
|
||||
: getTypeFromArrayBindingPattern(pattern, includePatternInType, reportErrors);
|
||||
? getTypeFromObjectBindingPattern(<ObjectBindingPattern>pattern, includePatternInType, reportErrors)
|
||||
: getTypeFromArrayBindingPattern(<ArrayBindingPattern>pattern, includePatternInType, reportErrors);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Return the type associated with a variable, parameter, or property declaration. In the simple case this is the type
|
||||
@@ -3382,7 +3385,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
function getTypeOfFuncClassEnumModule(symbol: Symbol): Type {
|
||||
const links = getSymbolLinks(symbol);
|
||||
if (!links.type) {
|
||||
if (symbol.valueDeclaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && isShorthandAmbientModule(<ModuleDeclaration>symbol.valueDeclaration)) {
|
||||
if (symbol.valueDeclaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && isShorthandAmbientModuleSymbol(symbol)) {
|
||||
links.type = anyType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
@@ -3397,7 +3400,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
function getTypeOfEnumMember(symbol: Symbol): Type {
|
||||
const links = getSymbolLinks(symbol);
|
||||
if (!links.type) {
|
||||
links.type = getDeclaredTypeOfEnum(getParentOfSymbol(symbol));
|
||||
links.type = getDeclaredTypeOfEnumMember(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return links.type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -5712,7 +5715,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
function getInferenceMapper(context: InferenceContext): TypeMapper {
|
||||
if (!context.mapper) {
|
||||
const mapper: TypeMapper = t => {
|
||||
const typeParameters = context.typeParameters;
|
||||
const typeParameters = context.signature.typeParameters;
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < typeParameters.length; i++) {
|
||||
if (t === typeParameters[i]) {
|
||||
context.inferences[i].isFixed = true;
|
||||
@@ -5721,7 +5724,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
return t;
|
||||
};
|
||||
mapper.mappedTypes = context.typeParameters;
|
||||
mapper.mappedTypes = context.signature.typeParameters;
|
||||
mapper.context = context;
|
||||
context.mapper = mapper;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -7173,15 +7176,36 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function literalTypesWithSameBaseType(types: Type[]): boolean {
|
||||
let commonBaseType: Type;
|
||||
for (const t of types) {
|
||||
const baseType = getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(t);
|
||||
if (!commonBaseType) {
|
||||
commonBaseType = baseType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (baseType === t || baseType !== commonBaseType) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// When the candidate types are all literal types with the same base type, the common
|
||||
// supertype is a union of those literal types. Otherwise, the common supertype is the
|
||||
// first type that is a supertype of each of the other types.
|
||||
function getSupertypeOrUnion(types: Type[]): Type {
|
||||
return literalTypesWithSameBaseType(types) ? getUnionType(types) : forEach(types, t => isSupertypeOfEach(t, types) ? t : undefined);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getCommonSupertype(types: Type[]): Type {
|
||||
if (!strictNullChecks) {
|
||||
return forEach(types, t => isSupertypeOfEach(t, types) ? t : undefined);
|
||||
return getSupertypeOrUnion(types);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const primaryTypes = filter(types, t => !(t.flags & TypeFlags.Nullable));
|
||||
if (!primaryTypes.length) {
|
||||
return getUnionType(types, /*subtypeReduction*/ true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const supertype = forEach(primaryTypes, t => isSupertypeOfEach(t, primaryTypes) ? t : undefined);
|
||||
const supertype = getSupertypeOrUnion(primaryTypes);
|
||||
return supertype && includeFalsyTypes(supertype, getFalsyFlagsOfTypes(types) & TypeFlags.Nullable);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7245,18 +7269,18 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return (type.flags & (TypeFlags.Literal | TypeFlags.Undefined | TypeFlags.Null)) !== 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isUnitUnionType(type: Type): boolean {
|
||||
function isLiteralType(type: Type): boolean {
|
||||
return type.flags & TypeFlags.Boolean ? true :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.Union ? type.flags & TypeFlags.Enum ? true : !forEach((<UnionType>type).types, t => !isUnitType(t)) :
|
||||
isUnitType(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getBaseTypeOfUnitType(type: Type): Type {
|
||||
function getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(type: Type): Type {
|
||||
return type.flags & TypeFlags.StringLiteral ? stringType :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.NumberLiteral ? numberType :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.BooleanLiteral ? booleanType :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.EnumLiteral ? (<EnumLiteralType>type).baseType :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.Union && !(type.flags & TypeFlags.Enum) ? getUnionType(map((<UnionType>type).types, getBaseTypeOfUnitType)) :
|
||||
type.flags & TypeFlags.Union && !(type.flags & TypeFlags.Enum) ? getUnionType(map((<UnionType>type).types, getBaseTypeOfLiteralType)) :
|
||||
type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7510,14 +7534,13 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function createInferenceContext(typeParameters: TypeParameter[], inferUnionTypes: boolean): InferenceContext {
|
||||
const inferences = map(typeParameters, createTypeInferencesObject);
|
||||
|
||||
function createInferenceContext(signature: Signature, inferUnionTypes: boolean): InferenceContext {
|
||||
const inferences = map(signature.typeParameters, createTypeInferencesObject);
|
||||
return {
|
||||
typeParameters,
|
||||
signature,
|
||||
inferUnionTypes,
|
||||
inferences,
|
||||
inferredTypes: new Array(typeParameters.length),
|
||||
inferredTypes: new Array(signature.typeParameters.length),
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7525,6 +7548,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
primary: undefined,
|
||||
secondary: undefined,
|
||||
topLevel: true,
|
||||
isFixed: false,
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -7546,13 +7570,18 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return type.couldContainTypeParameters;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function inferTypes(context: InferenceContext, source: Type, target: Type) {
|
||||
function isTypeParameterAtTopLevel(type: Type, typeParameter: TypeParameter): boolean {
|
||||
return type === typeParameter || type.flags & TypeFlags.UnionOrIntersection && forEach((<UnionOrIntersectionType>type).types, t => isTypeParameterAtTopLevel(t, typeParameter));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function inferTypes(context: InferenceContext, originalSource: Type, originalTarget: Type) {
|
||||
const typeParameters = context.signature.typeParameters;
|
||||
let sourceStack: Type[];
|
||||
let targetStack: Type[];
|
||||
let depth = 0;
|
||||
let inferiority = 0;
|
||||
const visited = createMap<boolean>();
|
||||
inferFromTypes(source, target);
|
||||
inferFromTypes(originalSource, originalTarget);
|
||||
|
||||
function isInProcess(source: Type, target: Type) {
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < depth; i++) {
|
||||
@@ -7606,7 +7635,6 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (source.flags & TypeFlags.ContainsAnyFunctionType) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const typeParameters = context.typeParameters;
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < typeParameters.length; i++) {
|
||||
if (target === typeParameters[i]) {
|
||||
const inferences = context.inferences[i];
|
||||
@@ -7623,6 +7651,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (!contains(candidates, source)) {
|
||||
candidates.push(source);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isTypeParameterAtTopLevel(originalTarget, <TypeParameter>target)) {
|
||||
inferences.topLevel = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -7643,7 +7674,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
let typeParameter: TypeParameter;
|
||||
// First infer to each type in union or intersection that isn't a type parameter
|
||||
for (const t of targetTypes) {
|
||||
if (t.flags & TypeFlags.TypeParameter && contains(context.typeParameters, t)) {
|
||||
if (t.flags & TypeFlags.TypeParameter && contains(typeParameters, t)) {
|
||||
typeParameter = <TypeParameter>t;
|
||||
typeParameterCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -7718,8 +7749,12 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function inferFromParameterTypes(source: Type, target: Type) {
|
||||
return inferFromTypes(source, target);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function inferFromSignature(source: Signature, target: Signature) {
|
||||
forEachMatchingParameterType(source, target, inferFromTypes);
|
||||
forEachMatchingParameterType(source, target, inferFromParameterTypes);
|
||||
|
||||
if (source.typePredicate && target.typePredicate && source.typePredicate.kind === target.typePredicate.kind) {
|
||||
inferFromTypes(source.typePredicate.type, target.typePredicate.type);
|
||||
@@ -7778,14 +7813,28 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return inferences.primary || inferences.secondary || emptyArray;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function hasPrimitiveConstraint(type: TypeParameter): boolean {
|
||||
const constraint = getConstraintOfTypeParameter(type);
|
||||
return constraint && maybeTypeOfKind(constraint, TypeFlags.Primitive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getInferredType(context: InferenceContext, index: number): Type {
|
||||
let inferredType = context.inferredTypes[index];
|
||||
let inferenceSucceeded: boolean;
|
||||
if (!inferredType) {
|
||||
const inferences = getInferenceCandidates(context, index);
|
||||
if (inferences.length) {
|
||||
// We widen inferred literal types if
|
||||
// all inferences were made to top-level ocurrences of the type parameter, and
|
||||
// the type parameter has no constraint or its constraint includes no primitive or literal types, and
|
||||
// the type parameter was fixed during inference or does not occur at top-level in the return type.
|
||||
const signature = context.signature;
|
||||
const widenLiteralTypes = context.inferences[index].topLevel &&
|
||||
!hasPrimitiveConstraint(signature.typeParameters[index]) &&
|
||||
(context.inferences[index].isFixed || !isTypeParameterAtTopLevel(getReturnTypeOfSignature(signature), signature.typeParameters[index]));
|
||||
const baseInferences = widenLiteralTypes ? map(inferences, getBaseTypeOfLiteralType) : inferences;
|
||||
// Infer widened union or supertype, or the unknown type for no common supertype
|
||||
const unionOrSuperType = context.inferUnionTypes ? getUnionType(inferences, /*subtypeReduction*/ true) : getCommonSupertype(inferences);
|
||||
const unionOrSuperType = context.inferUnionTypes ? getUnionType(baseInferences, /*subtypeReduction*/ true) : getCommonSupertype(baseInferences);
|
||||
inferredType = unionOrSuperType ? getWidenedType(unionOrSuperType) : unknownType;
|
||||
inferenceSucceeded = !!unionOrSuperType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -7801,7 +7850,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
// Only do the constraint check if inference succeeded (to prevent cascading errors)
|
||||
if (inferenceSucceeded) {
|
||||
const constraint = getConstraintOfTypeParameter(context.typeParameters[index]);
|
||||
const constraint = getConstraintOfTypeParameter(context.signature.typeParameters[index]);
|
||||
if (constraint) {
|
||||
const instantiatedConstraint = instantiateType(constraint, getInferenceMapper(context));
|
||||
if (!isTypeAssignableTo(inferredType, getTypeWithThisArgument(instantiatedConstraint, inferredType))) {
|
||||
@@ -7948,7 +7997,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (prop && prop.flags & SymbolFlags.SyntheticProperty) {
|
||||
if ((<TransientSymbol>prop).isDiscriminantProperty === undefined) {
|
||||
(<TransientSymbol>prop).isDiscriminantProperty = !(<TransientSymbol>prop).hasCommonType &&
|
||||
isUnitUnionType(getTypeOfSymbol(prop));
|
||||
isLiteralType(getTypeOfSymbol(prop));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (<TransientSymbol>prop).isDiscriminantProperty;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -8351,7 +8400,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// Assignments only narrow the computed type if the declared type is a union type. Thus, we
|
||||
// only need to evaluate the assigned type if the declared type is a union type.
|
||||
if (isMatchingReference(reference, node)) {
|
||||
return declaredType.flags & TypeFlags.Union ?
|
||||
const isIncrementOrDecrement = node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PrefixUnaryExpression || node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PostfixUnaryExpression;
|
||||
return declaredType.flags & TypeFlags.Union && !isIncrementOrDecrement ?
|
||||
getAssignmentReducedType(<UnionType>declaredType, getInitialOrAssignedType(node)) :
|
||||
declaredType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -8947,6 +8997,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
const isParameter = getRootDeclaration(declaration).kind === SyntaxKind.Parameter;
|
||||
const declarationContainer = getControlFlowContainer(declaration);
|
||||
let flowContainer = getControlFlowContainer(node);
|
||||
const isOuterVariable = flowContainer !== declarationContainer;
|
||||
// When the control flow originates in a function expression or arrow function and we are referencing
|
||||
// a const variable or parameter from an outer function, we extend the origin of the control flow
|
||||
// analysis to include the immediately enclosing function.
|
||||
@@ -8959,7 +9010,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
// the entire control flow graph from the variable's declaration (i.e. when the flow container and
|
||||
// declaration container are the same).
|
||||
const assumeInitialized = !strictNullChecks || (type.flags & TypeFlags.Any) !== 0 || isParameter ||
|
||||
flowContainer !== declarationContainer || isInAmbientContext(declaration);
|
||||
isOuterVariable || isInAmbientContext(declaration);
|
||||
const flowType = getFlowTypeOfReference(node, type, assumeInitialized, flowContainer);
|
||||
// A variable is considered uninitialized when it is possible to analyze the entire control flow graph
|
||||
// from declaration to use, and when the variable's declared type doesn't include undefined but the
|
||||
@@ -9466,14 +9517,14 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (parameter.dotDotDotToken) {
|
||||
const restTypes: Type[] = [];
|
||||
for (let i = indexOfParameter; i < iife.arguments.length; i++) {
|
||||
restTypes.push(getTypeOfExpression(iife.arguments[i]));
|
||||
restTypes.push(getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(checkExpression(iife.arguments[i])));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return createArrayType(getUnionType(restTypes));
|
||||
}
|
||||
const links = getNodeLinks(iife);
|
||||
const cached = links.resolvedSignature;
|
||||
links.resolvedSignature = anySignature;
|
||||
const type = checkExpression(iife.arguments[indexOfParameter]);
|
||||
const type = getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(checkExpression(iife.arguments[indexOfParameter]));
|
||||
links.resolvedSignature = cached;
|
||||
return type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -9824,6 +9875,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BinaryExpression:
|
||||
return getContextualTypeForBinaryOperand(node);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyAssignment:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ShorthandPropertyAssignment:
|
||||
return getContextualTypeForObjectLiteralElement(<ObjectLiteralElement>parent);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrayLiteralExpression:
|
||||
return getContextualTypeForElementExpression(node);
|
||||
@@ -9843,31 +9895,6 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isLiteralTypeLocation(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
const parent = node.parent;
|
||||
switch (parent.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BinaryExpression:
|
||||
switch ((<BinaryExpression>parent).operatorToken.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsToken:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ConditionalExpression:
|
||||
return (node === (<ConditionalExpression>parent).whenTrue ||
|
||||
node === (<ConditionalExpression>parent).whenFalse) &&
|
||||
isLiteralTypeLocation(parent);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ParenthesizedExpression:
|
||||
return isLiteralTypeLocation(parent);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CaseClause:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.LiteralType:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the given type is an object or union type, if that type has a single signature, and if
|
||||
// that signature is non-generic, return the signature. Otherwise return undefined.
|
||||
function getNonGenericSignature(type: Type): Signature {
|
||||
@@ -10004,7 +10031,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
const type = checkExpression(e, contextualMapper);
|
||||
const type = checkExpressionForMutableLocation(e, contextualMapper);
|
||||
elementTypes.push(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
hasSpreadElement = hasSpreadElement || e.kind === SyntaxKind.SpreadElementExpression;
|
||||
@@ -10148,7 +10175,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Debug.assert(memberDecl.kind === SyntaxKind.ShorthandPropertyAssignment);
|
||||
type = checkExpression((<ShorthandPropertyAssignment>memberDecl).name, contextualMapper);
|
||||
type = checkExpressionForMutableLocation((<ShorthandPropertyAssignment>memberDecl).name, contextualMapper);
|
||||
}
|
||||
typeFlags |= type.flags;
|
||||
const prop = <TransientSymbol>createSymbol(SymbolFlags.Property | SymbolFlags.Transient | member.flags, member.name);
|
||||
@@ -10873,10 +10900,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
checkClassPropertyAccess(node, left, apparentType, prop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
let propType = getTypeOfSymbol(prop);
|
||||
if (prop.flags & SymbolFlags.EnumMember && isLiteralContextForType(<Expression>node, propType)) {
|
||||
propType = getDeclaredTypeOfSymbol(prop);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const propType = getTypeOfSymbol(prop);
|
||||
|
||||
// Only compute control flow type if this is a property access expression that isn't an
|
||||
// assignment target, and the referenced property was declared as a variable, property,
|
||||
@@ -11294,7 +11318,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
// Instantiate a generic signature in the context of a non-generic signature (section 3.8.5 in TypeScript spec)
|
||||
function instantiateSignatureInContextOf(signature: Signature, contextualSignature: Signature, contextualMapper: TypeMapper): Signature {
|
||||
const context = createInferenceContext(signature.typeParameters, /*inferUnionTypes*/ true);
|
||||
const context = createInferenceContext(signature, /*inferUnionTypes*/ true);
|
||||
forEachMatchingParameterType(contextualSignature, signature, (source, target) => {
|
||||
// Type parameters from outer context referenced by source type are fixed by instantiation of the source type
|
||||
inferTypes(context, instantiateType(source, contextualMapper), target);
|
||||
@@ -11950,7 +11974,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
let candidate: Signature;
|
||||
let typeArgumentsAreValid: boolean;
|
||||
const inferenceContext = originalCandidate.typeParameters
|
||||
? createInferenceContext(originalCandidate.typeParameters, /*inferUnionTypes*/ false)
|
||||
? createInferenceContext(originalCandidate, /*inferUnionTypes*/ false)
|
||||
: undefined;
|
||||
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
@@ -12381,7 +12405,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkAssertion(node: AssertionExpression) {
|
||||
const exprType = getRegularTypeOfObjectLiteral(checkExpression(node.expression));
|
||||
const exprType = getRegularTypeOfObjectLiteral(getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(checkExpression(node.expression)));
|
||||
|
||||
checkSourceElement(node.type);
|
||||
const targetType = getTypeFromTypeNode(node.type);
|
||||
@@ -12441,7 +12465,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
function assignBindingElementTypes(node: VariableLikeDeclaration) {
|
||||
if (isBindingPattern(node.name)) {
|
||||
for (const element of (<BindingPattern>node.name).elements) {
|
||||
if (element.kind !== SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression) {
|
||||
if (!isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
if (element.name.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier) {
|
||||
getSymbolLinks(getSymbolOfNode(element)).type = getTypeForBindingElement(element);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -12571,20 +12595,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return isAsync ? createPromiseReturnType(func, voidType) : voidType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// When yield/return statements are contextually typed we allow the return type to be a union type.
|
||||
// Otherwise we require the yield/return expressions to have a best common supertype.
|
||||
type = contextualSignature ? getUnionType(types, /*subtypeReduction*/ true) : getCommonSupertype(types);
|
||||
if (!type) {
|
||||
if (funcIsGenerator) {
|
||||
error(func, Diagnostics.No_best_common_type_exists_among_yield_expressions);
|
||||
return createIterableIteratorType(unknownType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
error(func, Diagnostics.No_best_common_type_exists_among_return_expressions);
|
||||
// Defer to unioning the return types so we get a) downstream errors earlier and b) better Salsa experience
|
||||
return isAsync ? createPromiseReturnType(func, getUnionType(types, /*subtypeReduction*/ true)) : getUnionType(types, /*subtypeReduction*/ true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Return a union of the return expression types.
|
||||
type = getUnionType(types, /*subtypeReduction*/ true);
|
||||
|
||||
if (funcIsGenerator) {
|
||||
type = createIterableIteratorType(type);
|
||||
@@ -12593,6 +12605,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
if (!contextualSignature) {
|
||||
reportErrorsFromWidening(func, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (isUnitType(type) && !(contextualSignature && isLiteralContextualType(getReturnTypeOfSignature(contextualSignature)))) {
|
||||
type = getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const widenedType = getWidenedType(type);
|
||||
// From within an async function you can return either a non-promise value or a promise. Any
|
||||
@@ -12628,7 +12643,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const type = checkExpression(node.expression);
|
||||
if (!isUnitUnionType(type)) {
|
||||
if (!isLiteralType(type)) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
const switchTypes = getSwitchClauseTypes(node);
|
||||
@@ -12971,7 +12986,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
function checkPrefixUnaryExpression(node: PrefixUnaryExpression): Type {
|
||||
const operandType = checkExpression(node.operand);
|
||||
if (node.operator === SyntaxKind.MinusToken && node.operand.kind === SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral && isLiteralContextForType(node, numberType)) {
|
||||
if (node.operator === SyntaxKind.MinusToken && node.operand.kind === SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral) {
|
||||
return getLiteralTypeForText(TypeFlags.NumberLiteral, "" + -(<LiteralExpression>node.operand).text);
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (node.operator) {
|
||||
@@ -13371,11 +13386,11 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
const leftIsUnit = isUnitUnionType(leftType);
|
||||
const rightIsUnit = isUnitUnionType(rightType);
|
||||
if (!leftIsUnit || !rightIsUnit) {
|
||||
leftType = leftIsUnit ? getBaseTypeOfUnitType(leftType) : leftType;
|
||||
rightType = rightIsUnit ? getBaseTypeOfUnitType(rightType) : rightType;
|
||||
const leftIsLiteral = isLiteralType(leftType);
|
||||
const rightIsLiteral = isLiteralType(rightType);
|
||||
if (!leftIsLiteral || !rightIsLiteral) {
|
||||
leftType = leftIsLiteral ? getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(leftType) : leftType;
|
||||
rightType = rightIsLiteral ? getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(rightType) : rightType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isTypeEqualityComparableTo(leftType, rightType) && !isTypeEqualityComparableTo(rightType, leftType)) {
|
||||
reportOperatorError();
|
||||
@@ -13387,7 +13402,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return checkInExpression(left, right, leftType, rightType);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AmpersandAmpersandToken:
|
||||
return getTypeFacts(leftType) & TypeFacts.Truthy ?
|
||||
includeFalsyTypes(rightType, getFalsyFlags(strictNullChecks ? leftType : getBaseTypeOfUnitType(rightType))) :
|
||||
includeFalsyTypes(rightType, getFalsyFlags(strictNullChecks ? leftType : getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(rightType))) :
|
||||
leftType;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BarBarToken:
|
||||
return getTypeFacts(leftType) & TypeFacts.Falsy ?
|
||||
@@ -13521,64 +13536,18 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return getBestChoiceType(type1, type2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function typeContainsLiteralFromEnum(type: Type, enumType: EnumType) {
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.Union) {
|
||||
for (const t of (<UnionType>type).types) {
|
||||
if (t.flags & TypeFlags.EnumLiteral && (<EnumLiteralType>t).baseType === enumType) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.EnumLiteral) {
|
||||
return (<EnumLiteralType>type).baseType === enumType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isLiteralContextForType(node: Expression, type: Type) {
|
||||
if (isLiteralTypeLocation(node)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
let contextualType = getContextualType(node);
|
||||
if (contextualType) {
|
||||
if (contextualType.flags & TypeFlags.TypeParameter) {
|
||||
const apparentType = getApparentTypeOfTypeParameter(<TypeParameter>contextualType);
|
||||
// If the type parameter is constrained to the base primitive type we're checking for,
|
||||
// consider this a literal context. For example, given a type parameter 'T extends string',
|
||||
// this causes us to infer string literal types for T.
|
||||
if (type === apparentType) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
contextualType = apparentType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.String) {
|
||||
return maybeTypeOfKind(contextualType, TypeFlags.StringLiteral);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.Number) {
|
||||
return maybeTypeOfKind(contextualType, (TypeFlags.NumberLiteral | TypeFlags.EnumLiteral));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.Boolean) {
|
||||
return maybeTypeOfKind(contextualType, TypeFlags.BooleanLiteral) && !isTypeAssignableTo(booleanType, contextualType);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.Enum) {
|
||||
return typeContainsLiteralFromEnum(contextualType, <EnumType>type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkLiteralExpression(node: Expression): Type {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral) {
|
||||
checkGrammarNumericLiteral(<NumericLiteral>node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.StringLiteral:
|
||||
return isLiteralContextForType(node, stringType) ? getLiteralTypeForText(TypeFlags.StringLiteral, (<LiteralExpression>node).text) : stringType;
|
||||
return getLiteralTypeForText(TypeFlags.StringLiteral, (<LiteralExpression>node).text);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral:
|
||||
return isLiteralContextForType(node, numberType) ? getLiteralTypeForText(TypeFlags.NumberLiteral, (<LiteralExpression>node).text) : numberType;
|
||||
return getLiteralTypeForText(TypeFlags.NumberLiteral, (<LiteralExpression>node).text);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TrueKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FalseKeyword:
|
||||
return isLiteralContextForType(node, booleanType) ? node.kind === SyntaxKind.TrueKeyword ? trueType : falseType : booleanType;
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.TrueKeyword ? trueType : falseType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13617,6 +13586,28 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return links.resolvedType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isLiteralContextualType(contextualType: Type) {
|
||||
if (contextualType) {
|
||||
if (contextualType.flags & TypeFlags.TypeParameter) {
|
||||
const apparentType = getApparentTypeOfTypeParameter(<TypeParameter>contextualType);
|
||||
// If the type parameter is constrained to the base primitive type we're checking for,
|
||||
// consider this a literal context. For example, given a type parameter 'T extends string',
|
||||
// this causes us to infer string literal types for T.
|
||||
if (apparentType.flags & (TypeFlags.String | TypeFlags.Number | TypeFlags.Boolean | TypeFlags.Enum)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
contextualType = apparentType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return maybeTypeOfKind(contextualType, TypeFlags.Literal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkExpressionForMutableLocation(node: Expression, contextualMapper?: TypeMapper): Type {
|
||||
const type = checkExpression(node, contextualMapper);
|
||||
return isLiteralContextualType(getContextualType(node)) ? type : getBaseTypeOfLiteralType(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkPropertyAssignment(node: PropertyAssignment, contextualMapper?: TypeMapper): Type {
|
||||
// Do not use hasDynamicName here, because that returns false for well known symbols.
|
||||
// We want to perform checkComputedPropertyName for all computed properties, including
|
||||
@@ -13625,7 +13616,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
checkComputedPropertyName(<ComputedPropertyName>node.name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return checkExpression((<PropertyAssignment>node).initializer, contextualMapper);
|
||||
return checkExpressionForMutableLocation((<PropertyAssignment>node).initializer, contextualMapper);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkObjectLiteralMethod(node: MethodDeclaration, contextualMapper?: TypeMapper): Type {
|
||||
@@ -13917,7 +13908,12 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
pattern: BindingPattern,
|
||||
predicateVariableNode: Node,
|
||||
predicateVariableName: string) {
|
||||
for (const { name } of pattern.elements) {
|
||||
for (const element of pattern.elements) {
|
||||
if (isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const name = element.name;
|
||||
if (name.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
(<Identifier>name).text === predicateVariableName) {
|
||||
error(predicateVariableNode,
|
||||
@@ -18393,8 +18389,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
function moduleExportsSomeValue(moduleReferenceExpression: Expression): boolean {
|
||||
let moduleSymbol = resolveExternalModuleName(moduleReferenceExpression.parent, moduleReferenceExpression);
|
||||
if (!moduleSymbol) {
|
||||
// module not found - be conservative
|
||||
if (!moduleSymbol || isShorthandAmbientModuleSymbol(moduleSymbol)) {
|
||||
// If the module is not found or is shorthand, assume that it may export a value.
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -20027,7 +20023,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
else {
|
||||
const elements = (<BindingPattern>name).elements;
|
||||
for (const element of elements) {
|
||||
if (element.kind !== SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression) {
|
||||
if (!isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
checkGrammarNameInLetOrConstDeclarations(element.name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1063,10 +1063,6 @@
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2353
|
||||
},
|
||||
"No best common type exists among return expressions.": {
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2354
|
||||
},
|
||||
"A function whose declared type is neither 'void' nor 'any' must return a value.": {
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2355
|
||||
@@ -1631,10 +1627,6 @@
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2503
|
||||
},
|
||||
"No best common type exists among yield expressions.": {
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2504
|
||||
},
|
||||
"A generator cannot have a 'void' type annotation.": {
|
||||
"category": "Error",
|
||||
"code": 2505
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -554,9 +554,9 @@ const _super = (function (geti, seti) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Binding patterns
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern:
|
||||
return emitObjectBindingPattern(<BindingPattern>node);
|
||||
return emitObjectBindingPattern(<ObjectBindingPattern>node);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern:
|
||||
return emitArrayBindingPattern(<BindingPattern>node);
|
||||
return emitArrayBindingPattern(<ArrayBindingPattern>node);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BindingElement:
|
||||
return emitBindingElement(<BindingElement>node);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2030,7 +2030,7 @@ const _super = (function (geti, seti) {
|
||||
emitTrailingCommentsOfPosition(commentRange.pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
emitExpression(node.initializer);
|
||||
emitExpression(initializer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function emitShorthandPropertyAssignment(node: ShorthandPropertyAssignment) {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -368,13 +368,13 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function createArrayBindingPattern(elements: BindingElement[], location?: TextRange) {
|
||||
export function createArrayBindingPattern(elements: ArrayBindingElement[], location?: TextRange) {
|
||||
const node = <ArrayBindingPattern>createNode(SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern, location);
|
||||
node.elements = createNodeArray(elements);
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function updateArrayBindingPattern(node: ArrayBindingPattern, elements: BindingElement[]) {
|
||||
export function updateArrayBindingPattern(node: ArrayBindingPattern, elements: ArrayBindingElement[]) {
|
||||
if (node.elements !== elements) {
|
||||
return updateNode(createArrayBindingPattern(elements, node), node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+12
-8
@@ -905,6 +905,10 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return currentToken = scanner.scanJsxToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function scanJsxAttributeValue(): SyntaxKind {
|
||||
return currentToken = scanner.scanJsxAttributeValue();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function speculationHelper<T>(callback: () => T, isLookAhead: boolean): T {
|
||||
// Keep track of the state we'll need to rollback to if lookahead fails (or if the
|
||||
// caller asked us to always reset our state).
|
||||
@@ -3831,8 +3835,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
scanJsxIdentifier();
|
||||
const node = <JsxAttribute>createNode(SyntaxKind.JsxAttribute);
|
||||
node.name = parseIdentifierName();
|
||||
if (parseOptional(SyntaxKind.EqualsToken)) {
|
||||
switch (token()) {
|
||||
if (token() === SyntaxKind.EqualsToken) {
|
||||
switch (scanJsxAttributeValue()) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.StringLiteral:
|
||||
node.initializer = parseLiteralNode();
|
||||
break;
|
||||
@@ -4811,9 +4815,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
// DECLARATIONS
|
||||
|
||||
function parseArrayBindingElement(): BindingElement {
|
||||
function parseArrayBindingElement(): ArrayBindingElement {
|
||||
if (token() === SyntaxKind.CommaToken) {
|
||||
return <BindingElement>createNode(SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression);
|
||||
return <OmittedExpression>createNode(SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression);
|
||||
}
|
||||
const node = <BindingElement>createNode(SyntaxKind.BindingElement);
|
||||
node.dotDotDotToken = parseOptionalToken(SyntaxKind.DotDotDotToken);
|
||||
@@ -4838,16 +4842,16 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return finishNode(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function parseObjectBindingPattern(): BindingPattern {
|
||||
const node = <BindingPattern>createNode(SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern);
|
||||
function parseObjectBindingPattern(): ObjectBindingPattern {
|
||||
const node = <ObjectBindingPattern>createNode(SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern);
|
||||
parseExpected(SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken);
|
||||
node.elements = parseDelimitedList(ParsingContext.ObjectBindingElements, parseObjectBindingElement);
|
||||
parseExpected(SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken);
|
||||
return finishNode(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function parseArrayBindingPattern(): BindingPattern {
|
||||
const node = <BindingPattern>createNode(SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern);
|
||||
function parseArrayBindingPattern(): ArrayBindingPattern {
|
||||
const node = <ArrayBindingPattern>createNode(SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern);
|
||||
parseExpected(SyntaxKind.OpenBracketToken);
|
||||
node.elements = parseDelimitedList(ParsingContext.ArrayBindingElements, parseArrayBindingElement);
|
||||
parseExpected(SyntaxKind.CloseBracketToken);
|
||||
|
||||
+18
-2
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
reScanSlashToken(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
reScanTemplateToken(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
scanJsxIdentifier(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
scanJsxAttributeValue(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
reScanJsxToken(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
scanJsxToken(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
scanJSDocToken(): SyntaxKind;
|
||||
@@ -817,6 +818,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
reScanSlashToken,
|
||||
reScanTemplateToken,
|
||||
scanJsxIdentifier,
|
||||
scanJsxAttributeValue,
|
||||
reScanJsxToken,
|
||||
scanJsxToken,
|
||||
scanJSDocToken,
|
||||
@@ -911,7 +913,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function scanString(): string {
|
||||
function scanString(allowEscapes = true): string {
|
||||
const quote = text.charCodeAt(pos);
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
let result = "";
|
||||
@@ -929,7 +931,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (ch === CharacterCodes.backslash) {
|
||||
if (ch === CharacterCodes.backslash && allowEscapes) {
|
||||
result += text.substring(start, pos);
|
||||
result += scanEscapeSequence();
|
||||
start = pos;
|
||||
@@ -1737,6 +1739,20 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return token;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function scanJsxAttributeValue(): SyntaxKind {
|
||||
startPos = pos;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (text.charCodeAt(pos)) {
|
||||
case CharacterCodes.doubleQuote:
|
||||
case CharacterCodes.singleQuote:
|
||||
tokenValue = scanString(/*allowEscapes*/ false);
|
||||
return token = SyntaxKind.StringLiteral;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
// If this scans anything other than `{`, it's a parse error.
|
||||
return scan();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function scanJSDocToken(): SyntaxKind {
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
return token = SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -326,12 +326,15 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < numElements; i++) {
|
||||
const element = elements[i];
|
||||
if (name.kind === SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern) {
|
||||
if (isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (name.kind === SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern) {
|
||||
// Rewrite element to a declaration with an initializer that fetches property
|
||||
const propName = element.propertyName || <Identifier>element.name;
|
||||
emitBindingElement(element, createDestructuringPropertyAccess(value, propName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (element.kind !== SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression) {
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (!element.dotDotDotToken) {
|
||||
// Rewrite element to a declaration that accesses array element at index i
|
||||
emitBindingElement(element, createElementAccess(value, i));
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1945,7 +1945,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
for (const element of (<BindingPattern>node).elements) {
|
||||
visit(element.name);
|
||||
if (!isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
visit(element.name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2289,7 +2291,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
const name = decl.name;
|
||||
if (isBindingPattern(name)) {
|
||||
for (const element of name.elements) {
|
||||
processLoopVariableDeclaration(element, loopParameters, loopOutParameters);
|
||||
if (!isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
processLoopVariableDeclaration(element, loopParameters, loopOutParameters);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return createLiteral(true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
const decoded = tryDecodeEntities((<StringLiteral>node).text);
|
||||
return decoded ? createLiteral(decoded, /*location*/ node) : node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.JsxExpression) {
|
||||
return visitJsxExpression(<JsxExpression>node);
|
||||
@@ -210,19 +211,31 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decodes JSX entities.
|
||||
* Replace entities like " ", "{", and "�" with the characters they encode.
|
||||
* See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_XML_and_HTML_character_entity_references
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function decodeEntities(text: string) {
|
||||
return text.replace(/&(\w+);/g, function(s: any, m: string) {
|
||||
if (entities[m] !== undefined) {
|
||||
return String.fromCharCode(entities[m]);
|
||||
function decodeEntities(text: string): string {
|
||||
return text.replace(/&((#((\d+)|x([\da-fA-F]+)))|(\w+));/g, (match, _all, _number, _digits, decimal, hex, word) => {
|
||||
if (decimal) {
|
||||
return String.fromCharCode(parseInt(decimal, 10));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (hex) {
|
||||
return String.fromCharCode(parseInt(hex, 16));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return s;
|
||||
const ch = entities[word];
|
||||
// If this is not a valid entity, then just use `match` (replace it with itself, i.e. don't replace)
|
||||
return ch ? String.fromCharCode(ch) : match;
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Like `decodeEntities` but returns `undefined` if there were no entities to decode. */
|
||||
function tryDecodeEntities(text: string): string | undefined {
|
||||
const decoded = decodeEntities(text);
|
||||
return decoded === text ? undefined : decoded;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getTagName(node: JsxElement | JsxOpeningLikeElement): Expression {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.JsxElement) {
|
||||
return getTagName((<JsxElement>node).openingElement);
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -660,7 +660,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
function addExportMemberAssignmentsForBindingName(resultStatements: Statement[], name: BindingName): void {
|
||||
if (isBindingPattern(name)) {
|
||||
for (const element of name.elements) {
|
||||
addExportMemberAssignmentsForBindingName(resultStatements, element.name);
|
||||
if (!isOmittedExpression(element)) {
|
||||
addExportMemberAssignmentsForBindingName(resultStatements, element.name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1368,7 +1368,11 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
exportedFunctionDeclarations.push(createDeclarationExport(node));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function hoistBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | BindingElement, isExported: boolean): void {
|
||||
function hoistBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | ArrayBindingElement, isExported: boolean): void {
|
||||
if (isOmittedExpression(node)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const name = node.name;
|
||||
if (isIdentifier(name)) {
|
||||
hoistVariableDeclaration(getSynthesizedClone(name));
|
||||
@@ -1381,11 +1385,11 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function hoistExportedBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | BindingElement) {
|
||||
function hoistExportedBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | ArrayBindingElement) {
|
||||
hoistBindingElement(node, /*isExported*/ true);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function hoistNonExportedBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | BindingElement) {
|
||||
function hoistNonExportedBindingElement(node: VariableDeclaration | ArrayBindingElement) {
|
||||
hoistBindingElement(node, /*isExported*/ false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param node The function expression node.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function visitFunctionExpression(node: FunctionExpression) {
|
||||
function visitFunctionExpression(node: FunctionExpression): Expression {
|
||||
if (nodeIsMissing(node.body)) {
|
||||
return createOmittedExpression();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+14
-5
@@ -688,14 +688,20 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export interface BindingPattern extends Node {
|
||||
elements: NodeArray<BindingElement>;
|
||||
elements: NodeArray<BindingElement | ArrayBindingElement>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// @kind(SyntaxKind.ObjectBindingPattern)
|
||||
export interface ObjectBindingPattern extends BindingPattern { }
|
||||
export interface ObjectBindingPattern extends BindingPattern {
|
||||
elements: NodeArray<BindingElement>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export type ArrayBindingElement = BindingElement | OmittedExpression;
|
||||
|
||||
// @kind(SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern)
|
||||
export interface ArrayBindingPattern extends BindingPattern { }
|
||||
export interface ArrayBindingPattern extends BindingPattern {
|
||||
elements: NodeArray<ArrayBindingElement>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Several node kinds share function-like features such as a signature,
|
||||
@@ -868,7 +874,9 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// @kind(SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression)
|
||||
export interface OmittedExpression extends Expression { }
|
||||
export interface OmittedExpression extends Expression {
|
||||
_omittedExpressionBrand: any;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Represents an expression that is elided as part of a transformation to emit comments on a
|
||||
// not-emitted node. The 'expression' property of a NotEmittedExpression should be emitted.
|
||||
@@ -2585,13 +2593,14 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
export interface TypeInferences {
|
||||
primary: Type[]; // Inferences made directly to a type parameter
|
||||
secondary: Type[]; // Inferences made to a type parameter in a union type
|
||||
topLevel: boolean; // True if all inferences were made from top-level (not nested in object type) locations
|
||||
isFixed: boolean; // Whether the type parameter is fixed, as defined in section 4.12.2 of the TypeScript spec
|
||||
// If a type parameter is fixed, no more inferences can be made for the type parameter
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
export interface InferenceContext {
|
||||
typeParameters: TypeParameter[]; // Type parameters for which inferences are made
|
||||
signature: Signature; // Generic signature for which inferences are made
|
||||
inferUnionTypes: boolean; // Infer union types for disjoint candidates (otherwise undefinedType)
|
||||
inferences: TypeInferences[]; // Inferences made for each type parameter
|
||||
inferredTypes: Type[]; // Inferred type for each type parameter
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -414,7 +414,11 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
((<ModuleDeclaration>node).name.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral || isGlobalScopeAugmentation(<ModuleDeclaration>node));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isShorthandAmbientModule(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
export function isShorthandAmbientModuleSymbol(moduleSymbol: Symbol): boolean {
|
||||
return isShorthandAmbientModule(moduleSymbol.valueDeclaration);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isShorthandAmbientModule(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
// The only kind of module that can be missing a body is a shorthand ambient module.
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && (!(<ModuleDeclaration>node).body);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -3701,6 +3705,12 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.BindingElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isArrayBindingElement(node: Node): node is ArrayBindingElement {
|
||||
const kind = node.kind;
|
||||
return kind === SyntaxKind.BindingElement
|
||||
|| kind === SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Expression
|
||||
|
||||
export function isPropertyAccessExpression(node: Node): node is PropertyAccessExpression {
|
||||
@@ -3817,6 +3827,10 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|| isPartiallyEmittedExpression(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isOmittedExpression(node: Node): node is OmittedExpression {
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.OmittedExpression;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Misc
|
||||
|
||||
export function isTemplateSpan(node: Node): node is TemplateSpan {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrayBindingPattern:
|
||||
return updateArrayBindingPattern(<ArrayBindingPattern>node,
|
||||
visitNodes((<ArrayBindingPattern>node).elements, visitor, isBindingElement));
|
||||
visitNodes((<ArrayBindingPattern>node).elements, visitor, isArrayBindingElement));
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BindingElement:
|
||||
return updateBindingElement(<BindingElement>node,
|
||||
|
||||
+26
-12
@@ -954,26 +954,20 @@ namespace FourSlash {
|
||||
assert.equal(actual, expected);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public verifyQuickInfoString(negative: boolean, expectedText?: string, expectedDocumentation?: string) {
|
||||
public verifyQuickInfoString(negative: boolean, expectedText: string, expectedDocumentation?: string) {
|
||||
const actualQuickInfo = this.languageService.getQuickInfoAtPosition(this.activeFile.fileName, this.currentCaretPosition);
|
||||
const actualQuickInfoText = actualQuickInfo ? ts.displayPartsToString(actualQuickInfo.displayParts) : "";
|
||||
const actualQuickInfoDocumentation = actualQuickInfo ? ts.displayPartsToString(actualQuickInfo.documentation) : "";
|
||||
|
||||
if (negative) {
|
||||
if (expectedText !== undefined) {
|
||||
assert.notEqual(actualQuickInfoText, expectedText, this.messageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info text"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// TODO: should be '==='?
|
||||
if (expectedDocumentation != undefined) {
|
||||
assert.notEqual(actualQuickInfoText, expectedText, this.messageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info text"));
|
||||
if (expectedDocumentation !== undefined) {
|
||||
assert.notEqual(actualQuickInfoDocumentation, expectedDocumentation, this.messageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info doc comment"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (expectedText !== undefined) {
|
||||
assert.equal(actualQuickInfoText, expectedText, this.messageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info text"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
// TODO: should be '==='?
|
||||
if (expectedDocumentation != undefined) {
|
||||
assert.equal(actualQuickInfoText, expectedText, this.messageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info text"));
|
||||
if (expectedDocumentation !== undefined) {
|
||||
assert.equal(actualQuickInfoDocumentation, expectedDocumentation, this.assertionMessageAtLastKnownMarker("quick info doc"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1294,6 +1288,22 @@ namespace FourSlash {
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public baselineQuickInfo() {
|
||||
let baselineFile = this.testData.globalOptions[metadataOptionNames.baselineFile];
|
||||
if (!baselineFile) {
|
||||
baselineFile = ts.getBaseFileName(this.activeFile.fileName).replace(".ts", ".baseline");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Harness.Baseline.runBaseline(
|
||||
baselineFile,
|
||||
() => stringify(
|
||||
this.testData.markers.map(marker => ({
|
||||
marker,
|
||||
quickInfo: this.languageService.getQuickInfoAtPosition(marker.fileName, marker.position)
|
||||
}))
|
||||
));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public printBreakpointLocation(pos: number) {
|
||||
Harness.IO.log("\n**Pos: " + pos + " " + this.spanInfoToString(pos, this.getBreakpointStatementLocation(pos), " "));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2953,7 +2963,7 @@ namespace FourSlashInterface {
|
||||
this.state.verifyErrorExistsAfterMarker(markerName, !this.negative, /*after*/ false);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public quickInfoIs(expectedText?: string, expectedDocumentation?: string) {
|
||||
public quickInfoIs(expectedText: string, expectedDocumentation?: string) {
|
||||
this.state.verifyQuickInfoString(this.negative, expectedText, expectedDocumentation);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3103,6 +3113,10 @@ namespace FourSlashInterface {
|
||||
this.state.baselineGetEmitOutput();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public baselineQuickInfo() {
|
||||
this.state.baselineQuickInfo();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
public nameOrDottedNameSpanTextIs(text: string) {
|
||||
this.state.verifyCurrentNameOrDottedNameSpanText(text);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -408,6 +408,9 @@ namespace Harness.LanguageService {
|
||||
getCompletionEntryDetails(fileName: string, position: number, entryName: string): ts.CompletionEntryDetails {
|
||||
return unwrapJSONCallResult(this.shim.getCompletionEntryDetails(fileName, position, entryName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
getCompletionEntrySymbol(fileName: string, position: number, entryName: string): ts.Symbol {
|
||||
throw new Error("getCompletionEntrySymbol not implemented across the shim layer.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
getQuickInfoAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): ts.QuickInfo {
|
||||
return unwrapJSONCallResult(this.shim.getQuickInfoAtPosition(fileName, position));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -246,6 +246,10 @@ namespace ts.server {
|
||||
return response.body[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
getCompletionEntrySymbol(fileName: string, position: number, entryName: string): Symbol {
|
||||
throw new Error("Not Implemented Yet.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
getNavigateToItems(searchValue: string): NavigateToItem[] {
|
||||
const args: protocol.NavtoRequestArgs = {
|
||||
searchValue,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,985 @@
|
||||
namespace ts {
|
||||
/// Classifier
|
||||
export function createClassifier(): Classifier {
|
||||
const scanner = createScanner(ScriptTarget.Latest, /*skipTrivia*/ false);
|
||||
|
||||
/// We do not have a full parser support to know when we should parse a regex or not
|
||||
/// If we consider every slash token to be a regex, we could be missing cases like "1/2/3", where
|
||||
/// we have a series of divide operator. this list allows us to be more accurate by ruling out
|
||||
/// locations where a regexp cannot exist.
|
||||
const noRegexTable: boolean[] = [];
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.Identifier] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.StringLiteral] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.RegularExpressionLiteral] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.PlusPlusToken] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.MinusMinusToken] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.CloseParenToken] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.CloseBracketToken] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.TrueKeyword] = true;
|
||||
noRegexTable[SyntaxKind.FalseKeyword] = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Just a stack of TemplateHeads and OpenCurlyBraces, used to perform rudimentary (inexact)
|
||||
// classification on template strings. Because of the context free nature of templates,
|
||||
// the only precise way to classify a template portion would be by propagating the stack across
|
||||
// lines, just as we do with the end-of-line state. However, this is a burden for implementers,
|
||||
// and the behavior is entirely subsumed by the syntactic classifier anyway, so we instead
|
||||
// flatten any nesting when the template stack is non-empty and encode it in the end-of-line state.
|
||||
// Situations in which this fails are
|
||||
// 1) When template strings are nested across different lines:
|
||||
// `hello ${ `world
|
||||
// ` }`
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Where on the second line, you will get the closing of a template,
|
||||
// a closing curly, and a new template.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// 2) When substitution expressions have curly braces and the curly brace falls on the next line:
|
||||
// `hello ${ () => {
|
||||
// return "world" } } `
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Where on the second line, you will get the 'return' keyword,
|
||||
// a string literal, and a template end consisting of '} } `'.
|
||||
const templateStack: SyntaxKind[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns true if 'keyword2' can legally follow 'keyword1' in any language construct. */
|
||||
function canFollow(keyword1: SyntaxKind, keyword2: SyntaxKind) {
|
||||
if (isAccessibilityModifier(keyword1)) {
|
||||
if (keyword2 === SyntaxKind.GetKeyword ||
|
||||
keyword2 === SyntaxKind.SetKeyword ||
|
||||
keyword2 === SyntaxKind.ConstructorKeyword ||
|
||||
keyword2 === SyntaxKind.StaticKeyword) {
|
||||
|
||||
// Allow things like "public get", "public constructor" and "public static".
|
||||
// These are all legal.
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Any other keyword following "public" is actually an identifier an not a real
|
||||
// keyword.
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Assume any other keyword combination is legal. This can be refined in the future
|
||||
// if there are more cases we want the classifier to be better at.
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function convertClassifications(classifications: Classifications, text: string): ClassificationResult {
|
||||
const entries: ClassificationInfo[] = [];
|
||||
const dense = classifications.spans;
|
||||
let lastEnd = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for (let i = 0, n = dense.length; i < n; i += 3) {
|
||||
const start = dense[i];
|
||||
const length = dense[i + 1];
|
||||
const type = <ClassificationType>dense[i + 2];
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a whitespace entry between the last item and this one.
|
||||
if (lastEnd >= 0) {
|
||||
const whitespaceLength = start - lastEnd;
|
||||
if (whitespaceLength > 0) {
|
||||
entries.push({ length: whitespaceLength, classification: TokenClass.Whitespace });
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
entries.push({ length, classification: convertClassification(type) });
|
||||
lastEnd = start + length;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const whitespaceLength = text.length - lastEnd;
|
||||
if (whitespaceLength > 0) {
|
||||
entries.push({ length: whitespaceLength, classification: TokenClass.Whitespace });
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return { entries, finalLexState: classifications.endOfLineState };
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function convertClassification(type: ClassificationType): TokenClass {
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case ClassificationType.comment: return TokenClass.Comment;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.keyword: return TokenClass.Keyword;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.numericLiteral: return TokenClass.NumberLiteral;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.operator: return TokenClass.Operator;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.stringLiteral: return TokenClass.StringLiteral;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.whiteSpace: return TokenClass.Whitespace;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.punctuation: return TokenClass.Punctuation;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.identifier:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.className:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.enumName:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.interfaceName:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.moduleName:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.typeParameterName:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.typeAliasName:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.text:
|
||||
case ClassificationType.parameterName:
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return TokenClass.Identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getClassificationsForLine(text: string, lexState: EndOfLineState, syntacticClassifierAbsent: boolean): ClassificationResult {
|
||||
return convertClassifications(getEncodedLexicalClassifications(text, lexState, syntacticClassifierAbsent), text);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If there is a syntactic classifier ('syntacticClassifierAbsent' is false),
|
||||
// we will be more conservative in order to avoid conflicting with the syntactic classifier.
|
||||
function getEncodedLexicalClassifications(text: string, lexState: EndOfLineState, syntacticClassifierAbsent: boolean): Classifications {
|
||||
let offset = 0;
|
||||
let token = SyntaxKind.Unknown;
|
||||
let lastNonTriviaToken = SyntaxKind.Unknown;
|
||||
|
||||
// Empty out the template stack for reuse.
|
||||
while (templateStack.length > 0) {
|
||||
templateStack.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we're in a string literal, then prepend: "\
|
||||
// (and a newline). That way when we lex we'll think we're still in a string literal.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// If we're in a multiline comment, then prepend: /*
|
||||
// (and a newline). That way when we lex we'll think we're still in a multiline comment.
|
||||
switch (lexState) {
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InDoubleQuoteStringLiteral:
|
||||
text = "\"\\\n" + text;
|
||||
offset = 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InSingleQuoteStringLiteral:
|
||||
text = "'\\\n" + text;
|
||||
offset = 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InMultiLineCommentTrivia:
|
||||
text = "/*\n" + text;
|
||||
offset = 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InTemplateHeadOrNoSubstitutionTemplate:
|
||||
text = "`\n" + text;
|
||||
offset = 2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InTemplateMiddleOrTail:
|
||||
text = "}\n" + text;
|
||||
offset = 2;
|
||||
// fallthrough
|
||||
case EndOfLineState.InTemplateSubstitutionPosition:
|
||||
templateStack.push(SyntaxKind.TemplateHead);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
scanner.setText(text);
|
||||
|
||||
const result: Classifications = {
|
||||
endOfLineState: EndOfLineState.None,
|
||||
spans: []
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
// We can run into an unfortunate interaction between the lexical and syntactic classifier
|
||||
// when the user is typing something generic. Consider the case where the user types:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Foo<number
|
||||
//
|
||||
// From the lexical classifier's perspective, 'number' is a keyword, and so the word will
|
||||
// be classified as such. However, from the syntactic classifier's tree-based perspective
|
||||
// this is simply an expression with the identifier 'number' on the RHS of the less than
|
||||
// token. So the classification will go back to being an identifier. The moment the user
|
||||
// types again, number will become a keyword, then an identifier, etc. etc.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// To try to avoid this problem, we avoid classifying contextual keywords as keywords
|
||||
// when the user is potentially typing something generic. We just can't do a good enough
|
||||
// job at the lexical level, and so well leave it up to the syntactic classifier to make
|
||||
// the determination.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// In order to determine if the user is potentially typing something generic, we use a
|
||||
// weak heuristic where we track < and > tokens. It's a weak heuristic, but should
|
||||
// work well enough in practice.
|
||||
let angleBracketStack = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
token = scanner.scan();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isTrivia(token)) {
|
||||
if ((token === SyntaxKind.SlashToken || token === SyntaxKind.SlashEqualsToken) && !noRegexTable[lastNonTriviaToken]) {
|
||||
if (scanner.reScanSlashToken() === SyntaxKind.RegularExpressionLiteral) {
|
||||
token = SyntaxKind.RegularExpressionLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (lastNonTriviaToken === SyntaxKind.DotToken && isKeyword(token)) {
|
||||
token = SyntaxKind.Identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isKeyword(lastNonTriviaToken) && isKeyword(token) && !canFollow(lastNonTriviaToken, token)) {
|
||||
// We have two keywords in a row. Only treat the second as a keyword if
|
||||
// it's a sequence that could legally occur in the language. Otherwise
|
||||
// treat it as an identifier. This way, if someone writes "private var"
|
||||
// we recognize that 'var' is actually an identifier here.
|
||||
token = SyntaxKind.Identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (lastNonTriviaToken === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
token === SyntaxKind.LessThanToken) {
|
||||
// Could be the start of something generic. Keep track of that by bumping
|
||||
// up the current count of generic contexts we may be in.
|
||||
angleBracketStack++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.GreaterThanToken && angleBracketStack > 0) {
|
||||
// If we think we're currently in something generic, then mark that that
|
||||
// generic entity is complete.
|
||||
angleBracketStack--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.AnyKeyword ||
|
||||
token === SyntaxKind.StringKeyword ||
|
||||
token === SyntaxKind.NumberKeyword ||
|
||||
token === SyntaxKind.BooleanKeyword ||
|
||||
token === SyntaxKind.SymbolKeyword) {
|
||||
if (angleBracketStack > 0 && !syntacticClassifierAbsent) {
|
||||
// If it looks like we're could be in something generic, don't classify this
|
||||
// as a keyword. We may just get overwritten by the syntactic classifier,
|
||||
// causing a noisy experience for the user.
|
||||
token = SyntaxKind.Identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.TemplateHead) {
|
||||
templateStack.push(token);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken) {
|
||||
// If we don't have anything on the template stack,
|
||||
// then we aren't trying to keep track of a previously scanned template head.
|
||||
if (templateStack.length > 0) {
|
||||
templateStack.push(token);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken) {
|
||||
// If we don't have anything on the template stack,
|
||||
// then we aren't trying to keep track of a previously scanned template head.
|
||||
if (templateStack.length > 0) {
|
||||
const lastTemplateStackToken = lastOrUndefined(templateStack);
|
||||
|
||||
if (lastTemplateStackToken === SyntaxKind.TemplateHead) {
|
||||
token = scanner.reScanTemplateToken();
|
||||
|
||||
// Only pop on a TemplateTail; a TemplateMiddle indicates there is more for us.
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.TemplateTail) {
|
||||
templateStack.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Debug.assert(token === SyntaxKind.TemplateMiddle, "Should have been a template middle. Was " + token);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Debug.assert(lastTemplateStackToken === SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken, "Should have been an open brace. Was: " + token);
|
||||
templateStack.pop();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lastNonTriviaToken = token;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
processToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (token !== SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken);
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
|
||||
function processToken(): void {
|
||||
const start = scanner.getTokenPos();
|
||||
const end = scanner.getTextPos();
|
||||
|
||||
addResult(start, end, classFromKind(token));
|
||||
|
||||
if (end >= text.length) {
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// Check to see if we finished up on a multiline string literal.
|
||||
const tokenText = scanner.getTokenText();
|
||||
if (scanner.isUnterminated()) {
|
||||
const lastCharIndex = tokenText.length - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
let numBackslashes = 0;
|
||||
while (tokenText.charCodeAt(lastCharIndex - numBackslashes) === CharacterCodes.backslash) {
|
||||
numBackslashes++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we have an odd number of backslashes, then the multiline string is unclosed
|
||||
if (numBackslashes & 1) {
|
||||
const quoteChar = tokenText.charCodeAt(0);
|
||||
result.endOfLineState = quoteChar === CharacterCodes.doubleQuote
|
||||
? EndOfLineState.InDoubleQuoteStringLiteral
|
||||
: EndOfLineState.InSingleQuoteStringLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.MultiLineCommentTrivia) {
|
||||
// Check to see if the multiline comment was unclosed.
|
||||
if (scanner.isUnterminated()) {
|
||||
result.endOfLineState = EndOfLineState.InMultiLineCommentTrivia;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isTemplateLiteralKind(token)) {
|
||||
if (scanner.isUnterminated()) {
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.TemplateTail) {
|
||||
result.endOfLineState = EndOfLineState.InTemplateMiddleOrTail;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.NoSubstitutionTemplateLiteral) {
|
||||
result.endOfLineState = EndOfLineState.InTemplateHeadOrNoSubstitutionTemplate;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Debug.fail("Only 'NoSubstitutionTemplateLiteral's and 'TemplateTail's can be unterminated; got SyntaxKind #" + token);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (templateStack.length > 0 && lastOrUndefined(templateStack) === SyntaxKind.TemplateHead) {
|
||||
result.endOfLineState = EndOfLineState.InTemplateSubstitutionPosition;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function addResult(start: number, end: number, classification: ClassificationType): void {
|
||||
if (classification === ClassificationType.whiteSpace) {
|
||||
// Don't bother with whitespace classifications. They're not needed.
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (start === 0 && offset > 0) {
|
||||
// We're classifying the first token, and this was a case where we prepended
|
||||
// text. We should consider the start of this token to be at the start of
|
||||
// the original text.
|
||||
start += offset;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// All our tokens are in relation to the augmented text. Move them back to be
|
||||
// relative to the original text.
|
||||
start -= offset;
|
||||
end -= offset;
|
||||
const length = end - start;
|
||||
|
||||
if (length > 0) {
|
||||
result.spans.push(start);
|
||||
result.spans.push(length);
|
||||
result.spans.push(classification);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isBinaryExpressionOperatorToken(token: SyntaxKind): boolean {
|
||||
switch (token) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AsteriskToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SlashToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PercentToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PlusToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MinusToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.LessThanLessThanToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanGreaterThanToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanGreaterThanGreaterThanToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.LessThanToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.LessThanEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InstanceOfKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AsKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationEqualsEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AmpersandToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CaretToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BarToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AmpersandAmpersandToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BarBarToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BarEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AmpersandEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CaretEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.LessThanLessThanEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanGreaterThanEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GreaterThanGreaterThanGreaterThanEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PlusEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MinusEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AsteriskEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SlashEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PercentEqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EqualsToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CommaToken:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isPrefixUnaryExpressionOperatorToken(token: SyntaxKind): boolean {
|
||||
switch (token) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PlusToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MinusToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TildeToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExclamationToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PlusPlusToken:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MinusMinusToken:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isKeyword(token: SyntaxKind): boolean {
|
||||
return token >= SyntaxKind.FirstKeyword && token <= SyntaxKind.LastKeyword;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classFromKind(token: SyntaxKind): ClassificationType {
|
||||
if (isKeyword(token)) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.keyword;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isBinaryExpressionOperatorToken(token) || isPrefixUnaryExpressionOperatorToken(token)) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.operator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token >= SyntaxKind.FirstPunctuation && token <= SyntaxKind.LastPunctuation) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.punctuation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (token) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral:
|
||||
return ClassificationType.numericLiteral;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.StringLiteral:
|
||||
return ClassificationType.stringLiteral;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.RegularExpressionLiteral:
|
||||
return ClassificationType.regularExpressionLiteral;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ConflictMarkerTrivia:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MultiLineCommentTrivia:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SingleLineCommentTrivia:
|
||||
return ClassificationType.comment;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.WhitespaceTrivia:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.NewLineTrivia:
|
||||
return ClassificationType.whiteSpace;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Identifier:
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (isTemplateLiteralKind(token)) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.stringLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ClassificationType.identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return {
|
||||
getClassificationsForLine,
|
||||
getEncodedLexicalClassifications
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
export function getSemanticClassifications(typeChecker: TypeChecker, cancellationToken: CancellationToken, sourceFile: SourceFile, classifiableNames: Map<string>, span: TextSpan): ClassifiedSpan[] {
|
||||
return convertClassifications(getEncodedSemanticClassifications(typeChecker, cancellationToken, sourceFile, classifiableNames, span));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function checkForClassificationCancellation(cancellationToken: CancellationToken, kind: SyntaxKind) {
|
||||
// We don't want to actually call back into our host on every node to find out if we've
|
||||
// been canceled. That would be an enormous amount of chattyness, along with the all
|
||||
// the overhead of marshalling the data to/from the host. So instead we pick a few
|
||||
// reasonable node kinds to bother checking on. These node kinds represent high level
|
||||
// constructs that we would expect to see commonly, but just at a far less frequent
|
||||
// interval.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// For example, in checker.ts (around 750k) we only have around 600 of these constructs.
|
||||
// That means we're calling back into the host around every 1.2k of the file we process.
|
||||
// Lib.d.ts has similar numbers.
|
||||
switch (kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration:
|
||||
cancellationToken.throwIfCancellationRequested();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
export function getEncodedSemanticClassifications(typeChecker: TypeChecker, cancellationToken: CancellationToken, sourceFile: SourceFile, classifiableNames: Map<string>, span: TextSpan): Classifications {
|
||||
const result: number[] = [];
|
||||
processNode(sourceFile);
|
||||
|
||||
return { spans: result, endOfLineState: EndOfLineState.None };
|
||||
|
||||
function pushClassification(start: number, length: number, type: ClassificationType) {
|
||||
result.push(start);
|
||||
result.push(length);
|
||||
result.push(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifySymbol(symbol: Symbol, meaningAtPosition: SemanticMeaning): ClassificationType {
|
||||
const flags = symbol.getFlags();
|
||||
if ((flags & SymbolFlags.Classifiable) === SymbolFlags.None) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Class) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.className;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (flags & SymbolFlags.Enum) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.enumName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (flags & SymbolFlags.TypeAlias) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.typeAliasName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (meaningAtPosition & SemanticMeaning.Type) {
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Interface) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.interfaceName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (flags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.typeParameterName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (flags & SymbolFlags.Module) {
|
||||
// Only classify a module as such if
|
||||
// - It appears in a namespace context.
|
||||
// - There exists a module declaration which actually impacts the value side.
|
||||
if (meaningAtPosition & SemanticMeaning.Namespace ||
|
||||
(meaningAtPosition & SemanticMeaning.Value && hasValueSideModule(symbol))) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.moduleName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns true if there exists a module that introduces entities on the value side.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function hasValueSideModule(symbol: Symbol): boolean {
|
||||
return forEach(symbol.declarations, declaration => {
|
||||
return declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration &&
|
||||
getModuleInstanceState(declaration) === ModuleInstanceState.Instantiated;
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function processNode(node: Node) {
|
||||
// Only walk into nodes that intersect the requested span.
|
||||
if (node && textSpanIntersectsWith(span, node.getFullStart(), node.getFullWidth())) {
|
||||
const kind = node.kind;
|
||||
checkForClassificationCancellation(cancellationToken, kind);
|
||||
|
||||
if (kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier && !nodeIsMissing(node)) {
|
||||
const identifier = <Identifier>node;
|
||||
|
||||
// Only bother calling into the typechecker if this is an identifier that
|
||||
// could possibly resolve to a type name. This makes classification run
|
||||
// in a third of the time it would normally take.
|
||||
if (classifiableNames[identifier.text]) {
|
||||
const symbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation(node);
|
||||
if (symbol) {
|
||||
const type = classifySymbol(symbol, getMeaningFromLocation(node));
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
pushClassification(node.getStart(), node.getWidth(), type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
forEachChild(node, processNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getClassificationTypeName(type: ClassificationType) {
|
||||
switch (type) {
|
||||
case ClassificationType.comment: return ClassificationTypeNames.comment;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.identifier: return ClassificationTypeNames.identifier;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.keyword: return ClassificationTypeNames.keyword;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.numericLiteral: return ClassificationTypeNames.numericLiteral;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.operator: return ClassificationTypeNames.operator;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.stringLiteral: return ClassificationTypeNames.stringLiteral;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.whiteSpace: return ClassificationTypeNames.whiteSpace;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.text: return ClassificationTypeNames.text;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.punctuation: return ClassificationTypeNames.punctuation;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.className: return ClassificationTypeNames.className;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.enumName: return ClassificationTypeNames.enumName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.interfaceName: return ClassificationTypeNames.interfaceName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.moduleName: return ClassificationTypeNames.moduleName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.typeParameterName: return ClassificationTypeNames.typeParameterName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.typeAliasName: return ClassificationTypeNames.typeAliasName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.parameterName: return ClassificationTypeNames.parameterName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.docCommentTagName: return ClassificationTypeNames.docCommentTagName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxOpenTagName: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxOpenTagName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxCloseTagName: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxCloseTagName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxSelfClosingTagName: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxSelfClosingTagName;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxAttribute: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxAttribute;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxText: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxText;
|
||||
case ClassificationType.jsxAttributeStringLiteralValue: return ClassificationTypeNames.jsxAttributeStringLiteralValue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function convertClassifications(classifications: Classifications): ClassifiedSpan[] {
|
||||
Debug.assert(classifications.spans.length % 3 === 0);
|
||||
const dense = classifications.spans;
|
||||
const result: ClassifiedSpan[] = [];
|
||||
for (let i = 0, n = dense.length; i < n; i += 3) {
|
||||
result.push({
|
||||
textSpan: createTextSpan(dense[i], dense[i + 1]),
|
||||
classificationType: getClassificationTypeName(dense[i + 2])
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
export function getSyntacticClassifications(cancellationToken: CancellationToken, sourceFile: SourceFile, span: TextSpan): ClassifiedSpan[] {
|
||||
return convertClassifications(getEncodedSyntacticClassifications(cancellationToken, sourceFile, span));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
export function getEncodedSyntacticClassifications(cancellationToken: CancellationToken, sourceFile: SourceFile, span: TextSpan): Classifications {
|
||||
const spanStart = span.start;
|
||||
const spanLength = span.length;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make a scanner we can get trivia from.
|
||||
const triviaScanner = createScanner(ScriptTarget.Latest, /*skipTrivia*/ false, sourceFile.languageVariant, sourceFile.text);
|
||||
const mergeConflictScanner = createScanner(ScriptTarget.Latest, /*skipTrivia*/ false, sourceFile.languageVariant, sourceFile.text);
|
||||
|
||||
const result: number[] = [];
|
||||
processElement(sourceFile);
|
||||
|
||||
return { spans: result, endOfLineState: EndOfLineState.None };
|
||||
|
||||
function pushClassification(start: number, length: number, type: ClassificationType) {
|
||||
result.push(start);
|
||||
result.push(length);
|
||||
result.push(type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifyLeadingTriviaAndGetTokenStart(token: Node): number {
|
||||
triviaScanner.setTextPos(token.pos);
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
const start = triviaScanner.getTextPos();
|
||||
// only bother scanning if we have something that could be trivia.
|
||||
if (!couldStartTrivia(sourceFile.text, start)) {
|
||||
return start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const kind = triviaScanner.scan();
|
||||
const end = triviaScanner.getTextPos();
|
||||
const width = end - start;
|
||||
|
||||
// The moment we get something that isn't trivia, then stop processing.
|
||||
if (!isTrivia(kind)) {
|
||||
return start;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Don't bother with newlines/whitespace.
|
||||
if (kind === SyntaxKind.NewLineTrivia || kind === SyntaxKind.WhitespaceTrivia) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Only bother with the trivia if it at least intersects the span of interest.
|
||||
if (isComment(kind)) {
|
||||
classifyComment(token, kind, start, width);
|
||||
|
||||
// Classifying a comment might cause us to reuse the trivia scanner
|
||||
// (because of jsdoc comments). So after we classify the comment make
|
||||
// sure we set the scanner position back to where it needs to be.
|
||||
triviaScanner.setTextPos(end);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (kind === SyntaxKind.ConflictMarkerTrivia) {
|
||||
const text = sourceFile.text;
|
||||
const ch = text.charCodeAt(start);
|
||||
|
||||
// for the <<<<<<< and >>>>>>> markers, we just add them in as comments
|
||||
// in the classification stream.
|
||||
if (ch === CharacterCodes.lessThan || ch === CharacterCodes.greaterThan) {
|
||||
pushClassification(start, width, ClassificationType.comment);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// for the ======== add a comment for the first line, and then lex all
|
||||
// subsequent lines up until the end of the conflict marker.
|
||||
Debug.assert(ch === CharacterCodes.equals);
|
||||
classifyDisabledMergeCode(text, start, end);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifyComment(token: Node, kind: SyntaxKind, start: number, width: number) {
|
||||
if (kind === SyntaxKind.MultiLineCommentTrivia) {
|
||||
// See if this is a doc comment. If so, we'll classify certain portions of it
|
||||
// specially.
|
||||
const docCommentAndDiagnostics = parseIsolatedJSDocComment(sourceFile.text, start, width);
|
||||
if (docCommentAndDiagnostics && docCommentAndDiagnostics.jsDocComment) {
|
||||
docCommentAndDiagnostics.jsDocComment.parent = token;
|
||||
classifyJSDocComment(docCommentAndDiagnostics.jsDocComment);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Simple comment. Just add as is.
|
||||
pushCommentRange(start, width);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function pushCommentRange(start: number, width: number) {
|
||||
pushClassification(start, width, ClassificationType.comment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifyJSDocComment(docComment: JSDocComment) {
|
||||
let pos = docComment.pos;
|
||||
|
||||
for (const tag of docComment.tags) {
|
||||
// As we walk through each tag, classify the portion of text from the end of
|
||||
// the last tag (or the start of the entire doc comment) as 'comment'.
|
||||
if (tag.pos !== pos) {
|
||||
pushCommentRange(pos, tag.pos - pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pushClassification(tag.atToken.pos, tag.atToken.end - tag.atToken.pos, ClassificationType.punctuation);
|
||||
pushClassification(tag.tagName.pos, tag.tagName.end - tag.tagName.pos, ClassificationType.docCommentTagName);
|
||||
|
||||
pos = tag.tagName.end;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (tag.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JSDocParameterTag:
|
||||
processJSDocParameterTag(<JSDocParameterTag>tag);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JSDocTemplateTag:
|
||||
processJSDocTemplateTag(<JSDocTemplateTag>tag);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JSDocTypeTag:
|
||||
processElement((<JSDocTypeTag>tag).typeExpression);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JSDocReturnTag:
|
||||
processElement((<JSDocReturnTag>tag).typeExpression);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pos = tag.end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (pos !== docComment.end) {
|
||||
pushCommentRange(pos, docComment.end - pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
|
||||
function processJSDocParameterTag(tag: JSDocParameterTag) {
|
||||
if (tag.preParameterName) {
|
||||
pushCommentRange(pos, tag.preParameterName.pos - pos);
|
||||
pushClassification(tag.preParameterName.pos, tag.preParameterName.end - tag.preParameterName.pos, ClassificationType.parameterName);
|
||||
pos = tag.preParameterName.end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (tag.typeExpression) {
|
||||
pushCommentRange(pos, tag.typeExpression.pos - pos);
|
||||
processElement(tag.typeExpression);
|
||||
pos = tag.typeExpression.end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (tag.postParameterName) {
|
||||
pushCommentRange(pos, tag.postParameterName.pos - pos);
|
||||
pushClassification(tag.postParameterName.pos, tag.postParameterName.end - tag.postParameterName.pos, ClassificationType.parameterName);
|
||||
pos = tag.postParameterName.end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function processJSDocTemplateTag(tag: JSDocTemplateTag) {
|
||||
for (const child of tag.getChildren()) {
|
||||
processElement(child);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifyDisabledMergeCode(text: string, start: number, end: number) {
|
||||
// Classify the line that the ======= marker is on as a comment. Then just lex
|
||||
// all further tokens and add them to the result.
|
||||
let i: number;
|
||||
for (i = start; i < end; i++) {
|
||||
if (isLineBreak(text.charCodeAt(i))) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pushClassification(start, i - start, ClassificationType.comment);
|
||||
mergeConflictScanner.setTextPos(i);
|
||||
|
||||
while (mergeConflictScanner.getTextPos() < end) {
|
||||
classifyDisabledCodeToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function classifyDisabledCodeToken() {
|
||||
const start = mergeConflictScanner.getTextPos();
|
||||
const tokenKind = mergeConflictScanner.scan();
|
||||
const end = mergeConflictScanner.getTextPos();
|
||||
|
||||
const type = classifyTokenType(tokenKind);
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
pushClassification(start, end - start, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns true if node should be treated as classified and no further processing is required.
|
||||
* False will mean that node is not classified and traverse routine should recurse into node contents.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function tryClassifyNode(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
if (isJSDocTag(node)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (nodeIsMissing(node)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const classifiedElementName = tryClassifyJsxElementName(node);
|
||||
if (!isToken(node) && node.kind !== SyntaxKind.JsxText && classifiedElementName === undefined) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const tokenStart = node.kind === SyntaxKind.JsxText ? node.pos : classifyLeadingTriviaAndGetTokenStart(node);
|
||||
|
||||
const tokenWidth = node.end - tokenStart;
|
||||
Debug.assert(tokenWidth >= 0);
|
||||
if (tokenWidth > 0) {
|
||||
const type = classifiedElementName || classifyTokenType(node.kind, node);
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
pushClassification(tokenStart, tokenWidth, type);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryClassifyJsxElementName(token: Node): ClassificationType {
|
||||
switch (token.parent && token.parent.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JsxOpeningElement:
|
||||
if ((<JsxOpeningElement>token.parent).tagName === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.jsxOpenTagName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JsxClosingElement:
|
||||
if ((<JsxClosingElement>token.parent).tagName === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.jsxCloseTagName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JsxSelfClosingElement:
|
||||
if ((<JsxSelfClosingElement>token.parent).tagName === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.jsxSelfClosingTagName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JsxAttribute:
|
||||
if ((<JsxAttribute>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.jsxAttribute;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// for accurate classification, the actual token should be passed in. however, for
|
||||
// cases like 'disabled merge code' classification, we just get the token kind and
|
||||
// classify based on that instead.
|
||||
function classifyTokenType(tokenKind: SyntaxKind, token?: Node): ClassificationType {
|
||||
if (isKeyword(tokenKind)) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.keyword;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Special case < and > If they appear in a generic context they are punctuation,
|
||||
// not operators.
|
||||
if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.LessThanToken || tokenKind === SyntaxKind.GreaterThanToken) {
|
||||
// If the node owning the token has a type argument list or type parameter list, then
|
||||
// we can effectively assume that a '<' and '>' belong to those lists.
|
||||
if (token && getTypeArgumentOrTypeParameterList(token.parent)) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.punctuation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (isPunctuation(tokenKind)) {
|
||||
if (token) {
|
||||
if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.EqualsToken) {
|
||||
// the '=' in a variable declaration is special cased here.
|
||||
if (token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PropertyDeclaration ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.Parameter ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.JsxAttribute) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.operator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.BinaryExpression ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PrefixUnaryExpression ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PostfixUnaryExpression ||
|
||||
token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ConditionalExpression) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.operator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ClassificationType.punctuation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.numericLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
return token.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.JsxAttribute ? ClassificationType.jsxAttributeStringLiteralValue : ClassificationType.stringLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.RegularExpressionLiteral) {
|
||||
// TODO: we should get another classification type for these literals.
|
||||
return ClassificationType.stringLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isTemplateLiteralKind(tokenKind)) {
|
||||
// TODO (drosen): we should *also* get another classification type for these literals.
|
||||
return ClassificationType.stringLiteral;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.JsxText) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.jsxText;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (tokenKind === SyntaxKind.Identifier) {
|
||||
if (token) {
|
||||
switch (token.parent.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
if ((<ClassDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.className;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeParameter:
|
||||
if ((<TypeParameterDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.typeParameterName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration:
|
||||
if ((<InterfaceDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.interfaceName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumDeclaration:
|
||||
if ((<EnumDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.enumName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
if ((<ModuleDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
return ClassificationType.moduleName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Parameter:
|
||||
if ((<ParameterDeclaration>token.parent).name === token) {
|
||||
const isThis = token.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier && (<Identifier>token).originalKeywordKind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword;
|
||||
return isThis ? ClassificationType.keyword : ClassificationType.parameterName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ClassificationType.identifier;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function processElement(element: Node) {
|
||||
if (!element) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ignore nodes that don't intersect the original span to classify.
|
||||
if (decodedTextSpanIntersectsWith(spanStart, spanLength, element.pos, element.getFullWidth())) {
|
||||
checkForClassificationCancellation(cancellationToken, element.kind);
|
||||
|
||||
const children = element.getChildren(sourceFile);
|
||||
for (let i = 0, n = children.length; i < n; i++) {
|
||||
const child = children[i];
|
||||
if (!tryClassifyNode(child)) {
|
||||
// Recurse into our child nodes.
|
||||
processElement(child);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large.
Load diff
@@ -0,0 +1,638 @@
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts.DocumentHighlights {
|
||||
export function getDocumentHighlights(typeChecker: TypeChecker, cancellationToken: CancellationToken, sourceFile: SourceFile, position: number, sourceFilesToSearch: SourceFile[]): DocumentHighlights[] {
|
||||
const node = getTouchingWord(sourceFile, position);
|
||||
if (!node) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return getSemanticDocumentHighlights(node) || getSyntacticDocumentHighlights(node);
|
||||
|
||||
function getHighlightSpanForNode(node: Node): HighlightSpan {
|
||||
const start = node.getStart();
|
||||
const end = node.getEnd();
|
||||
|
||||
return {
|
||||
fileName: sourceFile.fileName,
|
||||
textSpan: createTextSpanFromBounds(start, end),
|
||||
kind: HighlightSpanKind.none
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getSemanticDocumentHighlights(node: Node): DocumentHighlights[] {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisType ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.SuperKeyword ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral ||
|
||||
isLiteralNameOfPropertyDeclarationOrIndexAccess(node)) {
|
||||
|
||||
const referencedSymbols = FindAllReferences.getReferencedSymbolsForNode(typeChecker, cancellationToken, node, sourceFilesToSearch, /*findInStrings*/ false, /*findInComments*/ false);
|
||||
return convertReferencedSymbols(referencedSymbols);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
|
||||
function convertReferencedSymbols(referencedSymbols: ReferencedSymbol[]): DocumentHighlights[] {
|
||||
if (!referencedSymbols) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const fileNameToDocumentHighlights = createMap<DocumentHighlights>();
|
||||
const result: DocumentHighlights[] = [];
|
||||
for (const referencedSymbol of referencedSymbols) {
|
||||
for (const referenceEntry of referencedSymbol.references) {
|
||||
const fileName = referenceEntry.fileName;
|
||||
let documentHighlights = fileNameToDocumentHighlights[fileName];
|
||||
if (!documentHighlights) {
|
||||
documentHighlights = { fileName, highlightSpans: [] };
|
||||
|
||||
fileNameToDocumentHighlights[fileName] = documentHighlights;
|
||||
result.push(documentHighlights);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
documentHighlights.highlightSpans.push({
|
||||
textSpan: referenceEntry.textSpan,
|
||||
kind: referenceEntry.isWriteAccess ? HighlightSpanKind.writtenReference : HighlightSpanKind.reference
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getSyntacticDocumentHighlights(node: Node): DocumentHighlights[] {
|
||||
const fileName = sourceFile.fileName;
|
||||
|
||||
const highlightSpans = getHighlightSpans(node);
|
||||
if (!highlightSpans || highlightSpans.length === 0) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return [{ fileName, highlightSpans }];
|
||||
|
||||
// returns true if 'node' is defined and has a matching 'kind'.
|
||||
function hasKind(node: Node, kind: SyntaxKind) {
|
||||
return node !== undefined && node.kind === kind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Null-propagating 'parent' function.
|
||||
function parent(node: Node): Node {
|
||||
return node && node.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getHighlightSpans(node: Node): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
if (node) {
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.IfKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ElseKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.IfStatement)) {
|
||||
return getIfElseOccurrences(<IfStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ReturnKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ReturnStatement)) {
|
||||
return getReturnOccurrences(<ReturnStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ThrowKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ThrowStatement)) {
|
||||
return getThrowOccurrences(<ThrowStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CatchKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(parent(parent(node)), SyntaxKind.TryStatement)) {
|
||||
return getTryCatchFinallyOccurrences(<TryStatement>node.parent.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TryKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FinallyKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(parent(node), SyntaxKind.TryStatement)) {
|
||||
return getTryCatchFinallyOccurrences(<TryStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SwitchKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.SwitchStatement)) {
|
||||
return getSwitchCaseDefaultOccurrences(<SwitchStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CaseKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.DefaultKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(parent(parent(parent(node))), SyntaxKind.SwitchStatement)) {
|
||||
return getSwitchCaseDefaultOccurrences(<SwitchStatement>node.parent.parent.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BreakKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ContinueKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.BreakStatement) || hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ContinueStatement)) {
|
||||
return getBreakOrContinueStatementOccurrences(<BreakOrContinueStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ForStatement) ||
|
||||
hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ForInStatement) ||
|
||||
hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.ForOfStatement)) {
|
||||
return getLoopBreakContinueOccurrences(<IterationStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.WhileKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.DoKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.WhileStatement) || hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.DoStatement)) {
|
||||
return getLoopBreakContinueOccurrences(<IterationStatement>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ConstructorKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.Constructor)) {
|
||||
return getConstructorOccurrences(<ConstructorDeclaration>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GetKeyword:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SetKeyword:
|
||||
if (hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.GetAccessor) || hasKind(node.parent, SyntaxKind.SetAccessor)) {
|
||||
return getGetAndSetOccurrences(<AccessorDeclaration>node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
if (isModifierKind(node.kind) && node.parent &&
|
||||
(isDeclaration(node.parent) || node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableStatement)) {
|
||||
return getModifierOccurrences(node.kind, node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Aggregates all throw-statements within this node *without* crossing
|
||||
* into function boundaries and try-blocks with catch-clauses.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function aggregateOwnedThrowStatements(node: Node): ThrowStatement[] {
|
||||
const statementAccumulator: ThrowStatement[] = [];
|
||||
aggregate(node);
|
||||
return statementAccumulator;
|
||||
|
||||
function aggregate(node: Node): void {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.ThrowStatement) {
|
||||
statementAccumulator.push(<ThrowStatement>node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.TryStatement) {
|
||||
const tryStatement = <TryStatement>node;
|
||||
|
||||
if (tryStatement.catchClause) {
|
||||
aggregate(tryStatement.catchClause);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Exceptions thrown within a try block lacking a catch clause
|
||||
// are "owned" in the current context.
|
||||
aggregate(tryStatement.tryBlock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (tryStatement.finallyBlock) {
|
||||
aggregate(tryStatement.finallyBlock);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Do not cross function boundaries.
|
||||
else if (!isFunctionLike(node)) {
|
||||
forEachChild(node, aggregate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For lack of a better name, this function takes a throw statement and returns the
|
||||
* nearest ancestor that is a try-block (whose try statement has a catch clause),
|
||||
* function-block, or source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function getThrowStatementOwner(throwStatement: ThrowStatement): Node {
|
||||
let child: Node = throwStatement;
|
||||
|
||||
while (child.parent) {
|
||||
const parent = child.parent;
|
||||
|
||||
if (isFunctionBlock(parent) || parent.kind === SyntaxKind.SourceFile) {
|
||||
return parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A throw-statement is only owned by a try-statement if the try-statement has
|
||||
// a catch clause, and if the throw-statement occurs within the try block.
|
||||
if (parent.kind === SyntaxKind.TryStatement) {
|
||||
const tryStatement = <TryStatement>parent;
|
||||
|
||||
if (tryStatement.tryBlock === child && tryStatement.catchClause) {
|
||||
return child;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
child = parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function aggregateAllBreakAndContinueStatements(node: Node): BreakOrContinueStatement[] {
|
||||
const statementAccumulator: BreakOrContinueStatement[] = [];
|
||||
aggregate(node);
|
||||
return statementAccumulator;
|
||||
|
||||
function aggregate(node: Node): void {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.BreakStatement || node.kind === SyntaxKind.ContinueStatement) {
|
||||
statementAccumulator.push(<BreakOrContinueStatement>node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Do not cross function boundaries.
|
||||
else if (!isFunctionLike(node)) {
|
||||
forEachChild(node, aggregate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function ownsBreakOrContinueStatement(owner: Node, statement: BreakOrContinueStatement): boolean {
|
||||
const actualOwner = getBreakOrContinueOwner(statement);
|
||||
|
||||
return actualOwner && actualOwner === owner;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getBreakOrContinueOwner(statement: BreakOrContinueStatement): Node {
|
||||
for (let node = statement.parent; node; node = node.parent) {
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SwitchStatement:
|
||||
if (statement.kind === SyntaxKind.ContinueStatement) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Fall through.
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForInStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForOfStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.WhileStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.DoStatement:
|
||||
if (!statement.label || isLabeledBy(node, statement.label.text)) {
|
||||
return node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
// Don't cross function boundaries.
|
||||
if (isFunctionLike(node)) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getModifierOccurrences(modifier: SyntaxKind, declaration: Node): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const container = declaration.parent;
|
||||
|
||||
// Make sure we only highlight the keyword when it makes sense to do so.
|
||||
if (isAccessibilityModifier(modifier)) {
|
||||
if (!(container.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration ||
|
||||
container.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassExpression ||
|
||||
(declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.Parameter && hasKind(container, SyntaxKind.Constructor)))) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (modifier === SyntaxKind.StaticKeyword) {
|
||||
if (!(container.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration || container.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassExpression)) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (modifier === SyntaxKind.ExportKeyword || modifier === SyntaxKind.DeclareKeyword) {
|
||||
if (!(container.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleBlock || container.kind === SyntaxKind.SourceFile)) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (modifier === SyntaxKind.AbstractKeyword) {
|
||||
if (!(container.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration || declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration)) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// unsupported modifier
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
const modifierFlag: ModifierFlags = getFlagFromModifier(modifier);
|
||||
|
||||
let nodes: Node[];
|
||||
switch (container.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleBlock:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SourceFile:
|
||||
// Container is either a class declaration or the declaration is a classDeclaration
|
||||
if (modifierFlag & ModifierFlags.Abstract) {
|
||||
nodes = (<Node[]>(<ClassDeclaration>declaration).members).concat(declaration);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
nodes = (<Block>container).statements;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Constructor:
|
||||
nodes = (<Node[]>(<ConstructorDeclaration>container).parameters).concat(
|
||||
(<ClassDeclaration>container.parent).members);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassExpression:
|
||||
nodes = (<ClassLikeDeclaration>container).members;
|
||||
|
||||
// If we're an accessibility modifier, we're in an instance member and should search
|
||||
// the constructor's parameter list for instance members as well.
|
||||
if (modifierFlag & ModifierFlags.AccessibilityModifier) {
|
||||
const constructor = forEach((<ClassLikeDeclaration>container).members, member => {
|
||||
return member.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor && <ConstructorDeclaration>member;
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
if (constructor) {
|
||||
nodes = nodes.concat(constructor.parameters);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (modifierFlag & ModifierFlags.Abstract) {
|
||||
nodes = nodes.concat(container);
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
Debug.fail("Invalid container kind.");
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(nodes, node => {
|
||||
if (getModifierFlags(node) & modifierFlag) {
|
||||
forEach(node.modifiers, child => pushKeywordIf(keywords, child, modifier));
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
|
||||
function getFlagFromModifier(modifier: SyntaxKind) {
|
||||
switch (modifier) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PublicKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Public;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PrivateKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Private;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ProtectedKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Protected;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.StaticKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Static;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExportKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Export;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.DeclareKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Ambient;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.AbstractKeyword:
|
||||
return ModifierFlags.Abstract;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
Debug.fail();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function pushKeywordIf(keywordList: Node[], token: Node, ...expected: SyntaxKind[]): boolean {
|
||||
if (token && contains(expected, token.kind)) {
|
||||
keywordList.push(token);
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getGetAndSetOccurrences(accessorDeclaration: AccessorDeclaration): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
tryPushAccessorKeyword(accessorDeclaration.symbol, SyntaxKind.GetAccessor);
|
||||
tryPushAccessorKeyword(accessorDeclaration.symbol, SyntaxKind.SetAccessor);
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
|
||||
function tryPushAccessorKeyword(accessorSymbol: Symbol, accessorKind: SyntaxKind): void {
|
||||
const accessor = getDeclarationOfKind(accessorSymbol, accessorKind);
|
||||
|
||||
if (accessor) {
|
||||
forEach(accessor.getChildren(), child => pushKeywordIf(keywords, child, SyntaxKind.GetKeyword, SyntaxKind.SetKeyword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getConstructorOccurrences(constructorDeclaration: ConstructorDeclaration): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const declarations = constructorDeclaration.symbol.getDeclarations();
|
||||
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(declarations, declaration => {
|
||||
forEach(declaration.getChildren(), token => {
|
||||
return pushKeywordIf(keywords, token, SyntaxKind.ConstructorKeyword);
|
||||
});
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getLoopBreakContinueOccurrences(loopNode: IterationStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
if (pushKeywordIf(keywords, loopNode.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.ForKeyword, SyntaxKind.WhileKeyword, SyntaxKind.DoKeyword)) {
|
||||
// If we succeeded and got a do-while loop, then start looking for a 'while' keyword.
|
||||
if (loopNode.kind === SyntaxKind.DoStatement) {
|
||||
const loopTokens = loopNode.getChildren();
|
||||
|
||||
for (let i = loopTokens.length - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
||||
if (pushKeywordIf(keywords, loopTokens[i], SyntaxKind.WhileKeyword)) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const breaksAndContinues = aggregateAllBreakAndContinueStatements(loopNode.statement);
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(breaksAndContinues, statement => {
|
||||
if (ownsBreakOrContinueStatement(loopNode, statement)) {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, statement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.BreakKeyword, SyntaxKind.ContinueKeyword);
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getBreakOrContinueStatementOccurrences(breakOrContinueStatement: BreakOrContinueStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const owner = getBreakOrContinueOwner(breakOrContinueStatement);
|
||||
|
||||
if (owner) {
|
||||
switch (owner.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForInStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ForOfStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.DoStatement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.WhileStatement:
|
||||
return getLoopBreakContinueOccurrences(<IterationStatement>owner);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SwitchStatement:
|
||||
return getSwitchCaseDefaultOccurrences(<SwitchStatement>owner);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getSwitchCaseDefaultOccurrences(switchStatement: SwitchStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, switchStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.SwitchKeyword);
|
||||
|
||||
// Go through each clause in the switch statement, collecting the 'case'/'default' keywords.
|
||||
forEach(switchStatement.caseBlock.clauses, clause => {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, clause.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.CaseKeyword, SyntaxKind.DefaultKeyword);
|
||||
|
||||
const breaksAndContinues = aggregateAllBreakAndContinueStatements(clause);
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(breaksAndContinues, statement => {
|
||||
if (ownsBreakOrContinueStatement(switchStatement, statement)) {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, statement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.BreakKeyword);
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getTryCatchFinallyOccurrences(tryStatement: TryStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, tryStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.TryKeyword);
|
||||
|
||||
if (tryStatement.catchClause) {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, tryStatement.catchClause.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.CatchKeyword);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (tryStatement.finallyBlock) {
|
||||
const finallyKeyword = findChildOfKind(tryStatement, SyntaxKind.FinallyKeyword, sourceFile);
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, finallyKeyword, SyntaxKind.FinallyKeyword);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getThrowOccurrences(throwStatement: ThrowStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const owner = getThrowStatementOwner(throwStatement);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!owner) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(aggregateOwnedThrowStatements(owner), throwStatement => {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, throwStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.ThrowKeyword);
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
// If the "owner" is a function, then we equate 'return' and 'throw' statements in their
|
||||
// ability to "jump out" of the function, and include occurrences for both.
|
||||
if (isFunctionBlock(owner)) {
|
||||
forEachReturnStatement(<Block>owner, returnStatement => {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, returnStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.ReturnKeyword);
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getReturnOccurrences(returnStatement: ReturnStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const func = <FunctionLikeDeclaration>getContainingFunction(returnStatement);
|
||||
|
||||
// If we didn't find a containing function with a block body, bail out.
|
||||
if (!(func && hasKind(func.body, SyntaxKind.Block))) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
forEachReturnStatement(<Block>func.body, returnStatement => {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, returnStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.ReturnKeyword);
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
// Include 'throw' statements that do not occur within a try block.
|
||||
forEach(aggregateOwnedThrowStatements(func.body), throwStatement => {
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, throwStatement.getFirstToken(), SyntaxKind.ThrowKeyword);
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return map(keywords, getHighlightSpanForNode);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getIfElseOccurrences(ifStatement: IfStatement): HighlightSpan[] {
|
||||
const keywords: Node[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
// Traverse upwards through all parent if-statements linked by their else-branches.
|
||||
while (hasKind(ifStatement.parent, SyntaxKind.IfStatement) && (<IfStatement>ifStatement.parent).elseStatement === ifStatement) {
|
||||
ifStatement = <IfStatement>ifStatement.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now traverse back down through the else branches, aggregating if/else keywords of if-statements.
|
||||
while (ifStatement) {
|
||||
const children = ifStatement.getChildren();
|
||||
pushKeywordIf(keywords, children[0], SyntaxKind.IfKeyword);
|
||||
|
||||
// Generally the 'else' keyword is second-to-last, so we traverse backwards.
|
||||
for (let i = children.length - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
|
||||
if (pushKeywordIf(keywords, children[i], SyntaxKind.ElseKeyword)) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!hasKind(ifStatement.elseStatement, SyntaxKind.IfStatement)) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ifStatement = <IfStatement>ifStatement.elseStatement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const result: HighlightSpan[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
// We'd like to highlight else/ifs together if they are only separated by whitespace
|
||||
// (i.e. the keywords are separated by no comments, no newlines).
|
||||
for (let i = 0; i < keywords.length; i++) {
|
||||
if (keywords[i].kind === SyntaxKind.ElseKeyword && i < keywords.length - 1) {
|
||||
const elseKeyword = keywords[i];
|
||||
const ifKeyword = keywords[i + 1]; // this *should* always be an 'if' keyword.
|
||||
|
||||
let shouldCombindElseAndIf = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Avoid recalculating getStart() by iterating backwards.
|
||||
for (let j = ifKeyword.getStart() - 1; j >= elseKeyword.end; j--) {
|
||||
if (!isWhiteSpaceSingleLine(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(j))) {
|
||||
shouldCombindElseAndIf = false;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (shouldCombindElseAndIf) {
|
||||
result.push({
|
||||
fileName: fileName,
|
||||
textSpan: createTextSpanFromBounds(elseKeyword.getStart(), ifKeyword.end),
|
||||
kind: HighlightSpanKind.reference
|
||||
});
|
||||
i++; // skip the next keyword
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ordinary case: just highlight the keyword.
|
||||
result.push(getHighlightSpanForNode(keywords[i]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Whether or not a 'node' is preceded by a label of the given string.
|
||||
* Note: 'node' cannot be a SourceFile.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function isLabeledBy(node: Node, labelName: string) {
|
||||
for (let owner = node.parent; owner.kind === SyntaxKind.LabeledStatement; owner = owner.parent) {
|
||||
if ((<LabeledStatement>owner).label.text === labelName) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
|
||||
namespace ts {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The document registry represents a store of SourceFile objects that can be shared between
|
||||
* multiple LanguageService instances. A LanguageService instance holds on the SourceFile (AST)
|
||||
* of files in the context.
|
||||
* SourceFile objects account for most of the memory usage by the language service. Sharing
|
||||
* the same DocumentRegistry instance between different instances of LanguageService allow
|
||||
* for more efficient memory utilization since all projects will share at least the library
|
||||
* file (lib.d.ts).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A more advanced use of the document registry is to serialize sourceFile objects to disk
|
||||
* and re-hydrate them when needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To create a default DocumentRegistry, use createDocumentRegistry to create one, and pass it
|
||||
* to all subsequent createLanguageService calls.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
export interface DocumentRegistry {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request a stored SourceFile with a given fileName and compilationSettings.
|
||||
* The first call to acquire will call createLanguageServiceSourceFile to generate
|
||||
* the SourceFile if was not found in the registry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file requested
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings Some compilation settings like target affects the
|
||||
* shape of a the resulting SourceFile. This allows the DocumentRegistry to store
|
||||
* multiple copies of the same file for different compilation settings.
|
||||
* @parm scriptSnapshot Text of the file. Only used if the file was not found
|
||||
* in the registry and a new one was created.
|
||||
* @parm version Current version of the file. Only used if the file was not found
|
||||
* in the registry and a new one was created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
acquireDocument(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
acquireDocumentWithKey(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
path: Path,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request an updated version of an already existing SourceFile with a given fileName
|
||||
* and compilationSettings. The update will in-turn call updateLanguageServiceSourceFile
|
||||
* to get an updated SourceFile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file requested
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings Some compilation settings like target affects the
|
||||
* shape of a the resulting SourceFile. This allows the DocumentRegistry to store
|
||||
* multiple copies of the same file for different compilation settings.
|
||||
* @param scriptSnapshot Text of the file.
|
||||
* @param version Current version of the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
updateDocument(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
updateDocumentWithKey(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
path: Path,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
getKeyForCompilationSettings(settings: CompilerOptions): DocumentRegistryBucketKey;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Informs the DocumentRegistry that a file is not needed any longer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: It is not allowed to call release on a SourceFile that was not acquired from
|
||||
* this registry originally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file to be released
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings The compilation settings used to acquire the file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
releaseDocument(fileName: string, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions): void;
|
||||
|
||||
releaseDocumentWithKey(path: Path, key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey): void;
|
||||
|
||||
reportStats(): string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export type DocumentRegistryBucketKey = string & { __bucketKey: any };
|
||||
|
||||
interface DocumentRegistryEntry {
|
||||
sourceFile: SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
// The number of language services that this source file is referenced in. When no more
|
||||
// language services are referencing the file, then the file can be removed from the
|
||||
// registry.
|
||||
languageServiceRefCount: number;
|
||||
owners: string[];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function createDocumentRegistry(useCaseSensitiveFileNames?: boolean, currentDirectory = ""): DocumentRegistry {
|
||||
// Maps from compiler setting target (ES3, ES5, etc.) to all the cached documents we have
|
||||
// for those settings.
|
||||
const buckets = createMap<FileMap<DocumentRegistryEntry>>();
|
||||
const getCanonicalFileName = createGetCanonicalFileName(!!useCaseSensitiveFileNames);
|
||||
|
||||
function getKeyForCompilationSettings(settings: CompilerOptions): DocumentRegistryBucketKey {
|
||||
return <DocumentRegistryBucketKey>`_${settings.target}|${settings.module}|${settings.noResolve}|${settings.jsx}|${settings.allowJs}|${settings.baseUrl}|${JSON.stringify(settings.typeRoots)}|${JSON.stringify(settings.rootDirs)}|${JSON.stringify(settings.paths)}`;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getBucketForCompilationSettings(key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey, createIfMissing: boolean): FileMap<DocumentRegistryEntry> {
|
||||
let bucket = buckets[key];
|
||||
if (!bucket && createIfMissing) {
|
||||
buckets[key] = bucket = createFileMap<DocumentRegistryEntry>();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bucket;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function reportStats() {
|
||||
const bucketInfoArray = Object.keys(buckets).filter(name => name && name.charAt(0) === "_").map(name => {
|
||||
const entries = buckets[name];
|
||||
const sourceFiles: { name: string; refCount: number; references: string[]; }[] = [];
|
||||
entries.forEachValue((key, entry) => {
|
||||
sourceFiles.push({
|
||||
name: key,
|
||||
refCount: entry.languageServiceRefCount,
|
||||
references: entry.owners.slice(0)
|
||||
});
|
||||
});
|
||||
sourceFiles.sort((x, y) => y.refCount - x.refCount);
|
||||
return {
|
||||
bucket: name,
|
||||
sourceFiles
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
return JSON.stringify(bucketInfoArray, undefined, 2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function acquireDocument(fileName: string, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions, scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot, version: string, scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile {
|
||||
const path = toPath(fileName, currentDirectory, getCanonicalFileName);
|
||||
const key = getKeyForCompilationSettings(compilationSettings);
|
||||
return acquireDocumentWithKey(fileName, path, compilationSettings, key, scriptSnapshot, version, scriptKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function acquireDocumentWithKey(fileName: string, path: Path, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions, key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey, scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot, version: string, scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile {
|
||||
return acquireOrUpdateDocument(fileName, path, compilationSettings, key, scriptSnapshot, version, /*acquiring*/ true, scriptKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function updateDocument(fileName: string, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions, scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot, version: string, scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile {
|
||||
const path = toPath(fileName, currentDirectory, getCanonicalFileName);
|
||||
const key = getKeyForCompilationSettings(compilationSettings);
|
||||
return updateDocumentWithKey(fileName, path, compilationSettings, key, scriptSnapshot, version, scriptKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function updateDocumentWithKey(fileName: string, path: Path, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions, key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey, scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot, version: string, scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile {
|
||||
return acquireOrUpdateDocument(fileName, path, compilationSettings, key, scriptSnapshot, version, /*acquiring*/ false, scriptKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function acquireOrUpdateDocument(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
path: Path,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
acquiring: boolean,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile {
|
||||
|
||||
const bucket = getBucketForCompilationSettings(key, /*createIfMissing*/ true);
|
||||
let entry = bucket.get(path);
|
||||
if (!entry) {
|
||||
Debug.assert(acquiring, "How could we be trying to update a document that the registry doesn't have?");
|
||||
|
||||
// Have never seen this file with these settings. Create a new source file for it.
|
||||
const sourceFile = createLanguageServiceSourceFile(fileName, scriptSnapshot, compilationSettings.target, version, /*setNodeParents*/ false, scriptKind);
|
||||
|
||||
entry = {
|
||||
sourceFile: sourceFile,
|
||||
languageServiceRefCount: 0,
|
||||
owners: []
|
||||
};
|
||||
bucket.set(path, entry);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// We have an entry for this file. However, it may be for a different version of
|
||||
// the script snapshot. If so, update it appropriately. Otherwise, we can just
|
||||
// return it as is.
|
||||
if (entry.sourceFile.version !== version) {
|
||||
entry.sourceFile = updateLanguageServiceSourceFile(entry.sourceFile, scriptSnapshot, version,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot.getChangeRange(entry.sourceFile.scriptSnapshot));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If we're acquiring, then this is the first time this LS is asking for this document.
|
||||
// Increase our ref count so we know there's another LS using the document. If we're
|
||||
// not acquiring, then that means the LS is 'updating' the file instead, and that means
|
||||
// it has already acquired the document previously. As such, we do not need to increase
|
||||
// the ref count.
|
||||
if (acquiring) {
|
||||
entry.languageServiceRefCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return entry.sourceFile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function releaseDocument(fileName: string, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions): void {
|
||||
const path = toPath(fileName, currentDirectory, getCanonicalFileName);
|
||||
const key = getKeyForCompilationSettings(compilationSettings);
|
||||
return releaseDocumentWithKey(path, key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function releaseDocumentWithKey(path: Path, key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey): void {
|
||||
const bucket = getBucketForCompilationSettings(key, /*createIfMissing*/false);
|
||||
Debug.assert(bucket !== undefined);
|
||||
|
||||
const entry = bucket.get(path);
|
||||
entry.languageServiceRefCount--;
|
||||
|
||||
Debug.assert(entry.languageServiceRefCount >= 0);
|
||||
if (entry.languageServiceRefCount === 0) {
|
||||
bucket.remove(path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return {
|
||||
acquireDocument,
|
||||
acquireDocumentWithKey,
|
||||
updateDocument,
|
||||
updateDocumentWithKey,
|
||||
releaseDocument,
|
||||
releaseDocumentWithKey,
|
||||
reportStats,
|
||||
getKeyForCompilationSettings
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large.
Load diff
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts.GoToDefinition {
|
||||
export function getDefinitionAtPosition(program: Program, sourceFile: SourceFile, position: number): DefinitionInfo[] {
|
||||
/// Triple slash reference comments
|
||||
const comment = findReferenceInPosition(sourceFile.referencedFiles, position);
|
||||
if (comment) {
|
||||
const referenceFile = tryResolveScriptReference(program, sourceFile, comment);
|
||||
if (referenceFile) {
|
||||
return [getDefinitionInfoForFileReference(comment.fileName, referenceFile.fileName)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Type reference directives
|
||||
const typeReferenceDirective = findReferenceInPosition(sourceFile.typeReferenceDirectives, position);
|
||||
if (typeReferenceDirective) {
|
||||
const referenceFile = program.getResolvedTypeReferenceDirectives()[typeReferenceDirective.fileName];
|
||||
if (referenceFile && referenceFile.resolvedFileName) {
|
||||
return [getDefinitionInfoForFileReference(typeReferenceDirective.fileName, referenceFile.resolvedFileName)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const node = getTouchingPropertyName(sourceFile, position);
|
||||
if (node === sourceFile) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Labels
|
||||
if (isJumpStatementTarget(node)) {
|
||||
const labelName = (<Identifier>node).text;
|
||||
const label = getTargetLabel((<BreakOrContinueStatement>node.parent), (<Identifier>node).text);
|
||||
return label ? [createDefinitionInfo(label, ScriptElementKind.label, labelName, /*containerName*/ undefined)] : undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const typeChecker = program.getTypeChecker();
|
||||
|
||||
const calledDeclaration = tryGetSignatureDeclaration(typeChecker, node);
|
||||
if (calledDeclaration) {
|
||||
return [createDefinitionFromSignatureDeclaration(typeChecker, calledDeclaration)];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
let symbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation(node);
|
||||
|
||||
// Could not find a symbol e.g. node is string or number keyword,
|
||||
// or the symbol was an internal symbol and does not have a declaration e.g. undefined symbol
|
||||
if (!symbol) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is an alias, and the request came at the declaration location
|
||||
// get the aliased symbol instead. This allows for goto def on an import e.g.
|
||||
// import {A, B} from "mod";
|
||||
// to jump to the implementation directly.
|
||||
if (symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.Alias) {
|
||||
const declaration = symbol.declarations[0];
|
||||
|
||||
// Go to the original declaration for cases:
|
||||
//
|
||||
// (1) when the aliased symbol was declared in the location(parent).
|
||||
// (2) when the aliased symbol is originating from a named import.
|
||||
//
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
(node.parent === declaration ||
|
||||
(declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ImportSpecifier && declaration.parent && declaration.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.NamedImports))) {
|
||||
|
||||
symbol = typeChecker.getAliasedSymbol(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Because name in short-hand property assignment has two different meanings: property name and property value,
|
||||
// using go-to-definition at such position should go to the variable declaration of the property value rather than
|
||||
// go to the declaration of the property name (in this case stay at the same position). However, if go-to-definition
|
||||
// is performed at the location of property access, we would like to go to definition of the property in the short-hand
|
||||
// assignment. This case and others are handled by the following code.
|
||||
if (node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ShorthandPropertyAssignment) {
|
||||
const shorthandSymbol = typeChecker.getShorthandAssignmentValueSymbol(symbol.valueDeclaration);
|
||||
if (!shorthandSymbol) {
|
||||
return [];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const shorthandDeclarations = shorthandSymbol.getDeclarations();
|
||||
const shorthandSymbolKind = SymbolDisplay.getSymbolKind(typeChecker, shorthandSymbol, node);
|
||||
const shorthandSymbolName = typeChecker.symbolToString(shorthandSymbol);
|
||||
const shorthandContainerName = typeChecker.symbolToString(symbol.parent, node);
|
||||
return map(shorthandDeclarations,
|
||||
declaration => createDefinitionInfo(declaration, shorthandSymbolKind, shorthandSymbolName, shorthandContainerName));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return getDefinitionFromSymbol(typeChecker, symbol, node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/// Goto type
|
||||
export function getTypeDefinitionAtPosition(typeChecker: TypeChecker, sourceFile: SourceFile, position: number): DefinitionInfo[] {
|
||||
const node = getTouchingPropertyName(sourceFile, position);
|
||||
if (node === sourceFile) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const symbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation(node);
|
||||
if (!symbol) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const type = typeChecker.getTypeOfSymbolAtLocation(symbol, node);
|
||||
if (!type) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (type.flags & TypeFlags.Union && !(type.flags & TypeFlags.Enum)) {
|
||||
const result: DefinitionInfo[] = [];
|
||||
forEach((<UnionType>type).types, t => {
|
||||
if (t.symbol) {
|
||||
addRange(/*to*/ result, /*from*/ getDefinitionFromSymbol(typeChecker, t.symbol, node));
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!type.symbol) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return getDefinitionFromSymbol(typeChecker, type.symbol, node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getDefinitionFromSymbol(typeChecker: TypeChecker, symbol: Symbol, node: Node): DefinitionInfo[] {
|
||||
const result: DefinitionInfo[] = [];
|
||||
const declarations = symbol.getDeclarations();
|
||||
const { symbolName, symbolKind, containerName } = getSymbolInfo(typeChecker, symbol, node);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!tryAddConstructSignature(symbol, node, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName, result) &&
|
||||
!tryAddCallSignature(symbol, node, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName, result)) {
|
||||
// Just add all the declarations.
|
||||
forEach(declarations, declaration => {
|
||||
result.push(createDefinitionInfo(declaration, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName));
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
|
||||
function tryAddConstructSignature(symbol: Symbol, location: Node, symbolKind: string, symbolName: string, containerName: string, result: DefinitionInfo[]) {
|
||||
// Applicable only if we are in a new expression, or we are on a constructor declaration
|
||||
// and in either case the symbol has a construct signature definition, i.e. class
|
||||
if (isNewExpressionTarget(location) || location.kind === SyntaxKind.ConstructorKeyword) {
|
||||
if (symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.Class) {
|
||||
// Find the first class-like declaration and try to get the construct signature.
|
||||
for (const declaration of symbol.getDeclarations()) {
|
||||
if (isClassLike(declaration)) {
|
||||
return tryAddSignature(declaration.members,
|
||||
/*selectConstructors*/ true,
|
||||
symbolKind,
|
||||
symbolName,
|
||||
containerName,
|
||||
result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
Debug.fail("Expected declaration to have at least one class-like declaration");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryAddCallSignature(symbol: Symbol, location: Node, symbolKind: string, symbolName: string, containerName: string, result: DefinitionInfo[]) {
|
||||
if (isCallExpressionTarget(location) || isNewExpressionTarget(location) || isNameOfFunctionDeclaration(location)) {
|
||||
return tryAddSignature(symbol.declarations, /*selectConstructors*/ false, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName, result);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryAddSignature(signatureDeclarations: Declaration[], selectConstructors: boolean, symbolKind: string, symbolName: string, containerName: string, result: DefinitionInfo[]) {
|
||||
const declarations: Declaration[] = [];
|
||||
let definition: Declaration;
|
||||
|
||||
forEach(signatureDeclarations, d => {
|
||||
if ((selectConstructors && d.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor) ||
|
||||
(!selectConstructors && (d.kind === SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration || d.kind === SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration || d.kind === SyntaxKind.MethodSignature))) {
|
||||
declarations.push(d);
|
||||
if ((<FunctionLikeDeclaration>d).body) definition = d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
if (definition) {
|
||||
result.push(createDefinitionInfo(definition, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName));
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (declarations.length) {
|
||||
result.push(createDefinitionInfo(lastOrUndefined(declarations), symbolKind, symbolName, containerName));
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function createDefinitionInfo(node: Node, symbolKind: string, symbolName: string, containerName: string): DefinitionInfo {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
fileName: node.getSourceFile().fileName,
|
||||
textSpan: createTextSpanFromBounds(node.getStart(), node.getEnd()),
|
||||
kind: symbolKind,
|
||||
name: symbolName,
|
||||
containerKind: undefined,
|
||||
containerName
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getSymbolInfo(typeChecker: TypeChecker, symbol: Symbol, node: Node) {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
symbolName: typeChecker.symbolToString(symbol), // Do not get scoped name, just the name of the symbol
|
||||
symbolKind: SymbolDisplay.getSymbolKind(typeChecker, symbol, node),
|
||||
containerName: symbol.parent ? typeChecker.symbolToString(symbol.parent, node) : ""
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function createDefinitionFromSignatureDeclaration(typeChecker: TypeChecker, decl: SignatureDeclaration): DefinitionInfo {
|
||||
const { symbolName, symbolKind, containerName } = getSymbolInfo(typeChecker, decl.symbol, decl);
|
||||
return createDefinitionInfo(decl, symbolKind, symbolName, containerName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function findReferenceInPosition(refs: FileReference[], pos: number): FileReference {
|
||||
for (const ref of refs) {
|
||||
if (ref.pos <= pos && pos < ref.end) {
|
||||
return ref;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getDefinitionInfoForFileReference(name: string, targetFileName: string): DefinitionInfo {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
fileName: targetFileName,
|
||||
textSpan: createTextSpanFromBounds(0, 0),
|
||||
kind: ScriptElementKind.scriptElement,
|
||||
name: name,
|
||||
containerName: undefined,
|
||||
containerKind: undefined
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns a CallLikeExpression where `node` is the target being invoked. */
|
||||
function getAncestorCallLikeExpression(node: Node): CallLikeExpression | undefined {
|
||||
const target = climbPastManyPropertyAccesses(node);
|
||||
const callLike = target.parent;
|
||||
return callLike && isCallLikeExpression(callLike) && getInvokedExpression(callLike) === target && callLike;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function climbPastManyPropertyAccesses(node: Node): Node {
|
||||
return isRightSideOfPropertyAccess(node) ? climbPastManyPropertyAccesses(node.parent) : node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryGetSignatureDeclaration(typeChecker: TypeChecker, node: Node): SignatureDeclaration | undefined {
|
||||
const callLike = getAncestorCallLikeExpression(node);
|
||||
return callLike && typeChecker.getResolvedSignature(callLike).declaration;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts.JsDoc {
|
||||
const jsDocTagNames = [
|
||||
"augments",
|
||||
"author",
|
||||
"argument",
|
||||
"borrows",
|
||||
"class",
|
||||
"constant",
|
||||
"constructor",
|
||||
"constructs",
|
||||
"default",
|
||||
"deprecated",
|
||||
"description",
|
||||
"event",
|
||||
"example",
|
||||
"extends",
|
||||
"field",
|
||||
"fileOverview",
|
||||
"function",
|
||||
"ignore",
|
||||
"inner",
|
||||
"lends",
|
||||
"link",
|
||||
"memberOf",
|
||||
"name",
|
||||
"namespace",
|
||||
"param",
|
||||
"private",
|
||||
"property",
|
||||
"public",
|
||||
"requires",
|
||||
"returns",
|
||||
"see",
|
||||
"since",
|
||||
"static",
|
||||
"throws",
|
||||
"type",
|
||||
"typedef",
|
||||
"property",
|
||||
"prop",
|
||||
"version"
|
||||
];
|
||||
let jsDocCompletionEntries: CompletionEntry[];
|
||||
|
||||
export function getJsDocCommentsFromDeclarations(declarations: Declaration[], name: string, canUseParsedParamTagComments: boolean) {
|
||||
const documentationComment = <SymbolDisplayPart[]>[];
|
||||
const docComments = getJsDocCommentsSeparatedByNewLines();
|
||||
ts.forEach(docComments, docComment => {
|
||||
if (documentationComment.length) {
|
||||
documentationComment.push(lineBreakPart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
documentationComment.push(docComment);
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return documentationComment;
|
||||
|
||||
function getJsDocCommentsSeparatedByNewLines() {
|
||||
const paramTag = "@param";
|
||||
const jsDocCommentParts: SymbolDisplayPart[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
ts.forEach(declarations, (declaration, indexOfDeclaration) => {
|
||||
// Make sure we are collecting doc comment from declaration once,
|
||||
// In case of union property there might be same declaration multiple times
|
||||
// which only varies in type parameter
|
||||
// Eg. const a: Array<string> | Array<number>; a.length
|
||||
// The property length will have two declarations of property length coming
|
||||
// from Array<T> - Array<string> and Array<number>
|
||||
if (indexOf(declarations, declaration) === indexOfDeclaration) {
|
||||
const sourceFileOfDeclaration = getSourceFileOfNode(declaration);
|
||||
// If it is parameter - try and get the jsDoc comment with @param tag from function declaration's jsDoc comments
|
||||
if (canUseParsedParamTagComments && declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.Parameter) {
|
||||
if ((declaration.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression || declaration.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction) &&
|
||||
declaration.parent.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration) {
|
||||
addCommentParts(declaration.parent.parent.parent, sourceFileOfDeclaration, getCleanedParamJsDocComment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
addCommentParts(declaration.parent, sourceFileOfDeclaration, getCleanedParamJsDocComment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is left side of dotted module declaration, there is no doc comments associated with this node
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && (<ModuleDeclaration>declaration).body && (<ModuleDeclaration>declaration).body.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression || declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction) &&
|
||||
declaration.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration) {
|
||||
addCommentParts(declaration.parent.parent, sourceFileOfDeclaration, getCleanedJsDocComment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is dotted module name, get the doc comments from the parent
|
||||
while (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && declaration.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration) {
|
||||
declaration = <ModuleDeclaration>declaration.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
addCommentParts(declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration ? declaration.parent.parent : declaration,
|
||||
sourceFileOfDeclaration,
|
||||
getCleanedJsDocComment);
|
||||
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration) {
|
||||
const init = (declaration as VariableDeclaration).initializer;
|
||||
if (init && (init.kind === SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression || init.kind === SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction)) {
|
||||
// Get the cleaned js doc comment text from the initializer
|
||||
addCommentParts(init, sourceFileOfDeclaration, getCleanedJsDocComment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
|
||||
return jsDocCommentParts;
|
||||
|
||||
function addCommentParts(commented: Node,
|
||||
sourceFileOfDeclaration: SourceFile,
|
||||
getCommentPart: (pos: number, end: number, file: SourceFile) => SymbolDisplayPart[]): void {
|
||||
const ranges = getJsDocCommentTextRange(commented, sourceFileOfDeclaration);
|
||||
// Get the cleaned js doc comment text from the declaration
|
||||
ts.forEach(ranges, jsDocCommentTextRange => {
|
||||
const cleanedComment = getCommentPart(jsDocCommentTextRange.pos, jsDocCommentTextRange.end, sourceFileOfDeclaration);
|
||||
if (cleanedComment) {
|
||||
addRange(jsDocCommentParts, cleanedComment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getJsDocCommentTextRange(node: Node, sourceFile: SourceFile): TextRange[] {
|
||||
return ts.map(getJsDocComments(node, sourceFile),
|
||||
jsDocComment => {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
pos: jsDocComment.pos + "/*".length, // Consume /* from the comment
|
||||
end: jsDocComment.end - "*/".length // Trim off comment end indicator
|
||||
};
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function consumeWhiteSpacesOnTheLine(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile, maxSpacesToRemove?: number) {
|
||||
if (maxSpacesToRemove !== undefined) {
|
||||
end = Math.min(end, pos + maxSpacesToRemove);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for (; pos < end; pos++) {
|
||||
const ch = sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos);
|
||||
if (!isWhiteSpaceSingleLine(ch)) {
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return end;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function consumeLineBreaks(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile) {
|
||||
while (pos < end && isLineBreak(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos))) {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isName(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile, name: string) {
|
||||
return pos + name.length < end &&
|
||||
sourceFile.text.substr(pos, name.length) === name &&
|
||||
isWhiteSpace(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos + name.length));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isParamTag(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile) {
|
||||
// If it is @param tag
|
||||
return isName(pos, end, sourceFile, paramTag);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function pushDocCommentLineText(docComments: SymbolDisplayPart[], text: string, blankLineCount: number) {
|
||||
// Add the empty lines in between texts
|
||||
while (blankLineCount) {
|
||||
blankLineCount--;
|
||||
docComments.push(textPart(""));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
docComments.push(textPart(text));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getCleanedJsDocComment(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile) {
|
||||
let spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk: number;
|
||||
const docComments: SymbolDisplayPart[] = [];
|
||||
let blankLineCount = 0;
|
||||
let isInParamTag = false;
|
||||
|
||||
while (pos < end) {
|
||||
let docCommentTextOfLine = "";
|
||||
// First consume leading white space
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpacesOnTheLine(pos, end, sourceFile);
|
||||
|
||||
// If the comment starts with '*' consume the spaces on this line
|
||||
if (pos < end && sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos) === CharacterCodes.asterisk) {
|
||||
const lineStartPos = pos + 1;
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpacesOnTheLine(pos + 1, end, sourceFile, spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk);
|
||||
|
||||
// Set the spaces to remove after asterisk as margin if not already set
|
||||
if (spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk === undefined && pos < end && !isLineBreak(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos))) {
|
||||
spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk = pos - lineStartPos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk === undefined) {
|
||||
spacesToRemoveAfterAsterisk = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Analyze text on this line
|
||||
while (pos < end && !isLineBreak(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos))) {
|
||||
const ch = sourceFile.text.charAt(pos);
|
||||
if (ch === "@") {
|
||||
// If it is @param tag
|
||||
if (isParamTag(pos, end, sourceFile)) {
|
||||
isInParamTag = true;
|
||||
pos += paramTag.length;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
isInParamTag = false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Add the ch to doc text if we arent in param tag
|
||||
if (!isInParamTag) {
|
||||
docCommentTextOfLine += ch;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Scan next character
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Continue with next line
|
||||
pos = consumeLineBreaks(pos, end, sourceFile);
|
||||
if (docCommentTextOfLine) {
|
||||
pushDocCommentLineText(docComments, docCommentTextOfLine, blankLineCount);
|
||||
blankLineCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (!isInParamTag && docComments.length) {
|
||||
// This is blank line when there is text already parsed
|
||||
blankLineCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return docComments;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getCleanedParamJsDocComment(pos: number, end: number, sourceFile: SourceFile) {
|
||||
let paramHelpStringMargin: number;
|
||||
const paramDocComments: SymbolDisplayPart[] = [];
|
||||
while (pos < end) {
|
||||
if (isParamTag(pos, end, sourceFile)) {
|
||||
let blankLineCount = 0;
|
||||
let recordedParamTag = false;
|
||||
// Consume leading spaces
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpaces(pos + paramTag.length);
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Ignore type expression
|
||||
if (sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos) === CharacterCodes.openBrace) {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
for (let curlies = 1; pos < end; pos++) {
|
||||
const charCode = sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos);
|
||||
|
||||
// { character means we need to find another } to match the found one
|
||||
if (charCode === CharacterCodes.openBrace) {
|
||||
curlies++;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// } char
|
||||
if (charCode === CharacterCodes.closeBrace) {
|
||||
curlies--;
|
||||
if (curlies === 0) {
|
||||
// We do not have any more } to match the type expression is ignored completely
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// there are more { to be matched with }
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Found start of another tag
|
||||
if (charCode === CharacterCodes.at) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Consume white spaces
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpaces(pos);
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Parameter name
|
||||
if (isName(pos, end, sourceFile, name)) {
|
||||
// Found the parameter we are looking for consume white spaces
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpaces(pos + name.length);
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
let paramHelpString = "";
|
||||
const firstLineParamHelpStringPos = pos;
|
||||
while (pos < end) {
|
||||
const ch = sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos);
|
||||
|
||||
// at line break, set this comment line text and go to next line
|
||||
if (isLineBreak(ch)) {
|
||||
if (paramHelpString) {
|
||||
pushDocCommentLineText(paramDocComments, paramHelpString, blankLineCount);
|
||||
paramHelpString = "";
|
||||
blankLineCount = 0;
|
||||
recordedParamTag = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (recordedParamTag) {
|
||||
blankLineCount++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Get the pos after cleaning start of the line
|
||||
setPosForParamHelpStringOnNextLine(firstLineParamHelpStringPos);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Done scanning param help string - next tag found
|
||||
if (ch === CharacterCodes.at) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
paramHelpString += sourceFile.text.charAt(pos);
|
||||
|
||||
// Go to next character
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If there is param help text, add it top the doc comments
|
||||
if (paramHelpString) {
|
||||
pushDocCommentLineText(paramDocComments, paramHelpString, blankLineCount);
|
||||
}
|
||||
paramHelpStringMargin = undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If this is the start of another tag, continue with the loop in search of param tag with symbol name
|
||||
if (sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos) === CharacterCodes.at) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Next character
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return paramDocComments;
|
||||
|
||||
function consumeWhiteSpaces(pos: number) {
|
||||
while (pos < end && isWhiteSpaceSingleLine(sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos))) {
|
||||
pos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return pos;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function setPosForParamHelpStringOnNextLine(firstLineParamHelpStringPos: number) {
|
||||
// Get the pos after consuming line breaks
|
||||
pos = consumeLineBreaks(pos, end, sourceFile);
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (paramHelpStringMargin === undefined) {
|
||||
paramHelpStringMargin = sourceFile.getLineAndCharacterOfPosition(firstLineParamHelpStringPos).character;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Now consume white spaces max
|
||||
const startOfLinePos = pos;
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpacesOnTheLine(pos, end, sourceFile, paramHelpStringMargin);
|
||||
if (pos >= end) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const consumedSpaces = pos - startOfLinePos;
|
||||
if (consumedSpaces < paramHelpStringMargin) {
|
||||
const ch = sourceFile.text.charCodeAt(pos);
|
||||
if (ch === CharacterCodes.asterisk) {
|
||||
// Consume more spaces after asterisk
|
||||
pos = consumeWhiteSpacesOnTheLine(pos + 1, end, sourceFile, paramHelpStringMargin - consumedSpaces - 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getAllJsDocCompletionEntries(): CompletionEntry[] {
|
||||
return jsDocCompletionEntries || (jsDocCompletionEntries = ts.map(jsDocTagNames, tagName => {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
name: tagName,
|
||||
kind: ScriptElementKind.keyword,
|
||||
kindModifiers: "",
|
||||
sortText: "0",
|
||||
};
|
||||
}));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Checks if position points to a valid position to add JSDoc comments, and if so,
|
||||
* returns the appropriate template. Otherwise returns an empty string.
|
||||
* Valid positions are
|
||||
* - outside of comments, statements, and expressions, and
|
||||
* - preceding a:
|
||||
* - function/constructor/method declaration
|
||||
* - class declarations
|
||||
* - variable statements
|
||||
* - namespace declarations
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Hosts should ideally check that:
|
||||
* - The line is all whitespace up to 'position' before performing the insertion.
|
||||
* - If the keystroke sequence "/\*\*" induced the call, we also check that the next
|
||||
* non-whitespace character is '*', which (approximately) indicates whether we added
|
||||
* the second '*' to complete an existing (JSDoc) comment.
|
||||
* @param fileName The file in which to perform the check.
|
||||
* @param position The (character-indexed) position in the file where the check should
|
||||
* be performed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
export function getDocCommentTemplateAtPosition(newLine: string, sourceFile: SourceFile, position: number): TextInsertion {
|
||||
// Check if in a context where we don't want to perform any insertion
|
||||
if (isInString(sourceFile, position) || isInComment(sourceFile, position) || hasDocComment(sourceFile, position)) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const tokenAtPos = getTokenAtPosition(sourceFile, position);
|
||||
const tokenStart = tokenAtPos.getStart();
|
||||
if (!tokenAtPos || tokenStart < position) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: add support for:
|
||||
// - enums/enum members
|
||||
// - interfaces
|
||||
// - property declarations
|
||||
// - potentially property assignments
|
||||
let commentOwner: Node;
|
||||
findOwner: for (commentOwner = tokenAtPos; commentOwner; commentOwner = commentOwner.parent) {
|
||||
switch (commentOwner.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Constructor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.VariableStatement:
|
||||
break findOwner;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SourceFile:
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
// If in walking up the tree, we hit a a nested namespace declaration,
|
||||
// then we must be somewhere within a dotted namespace name; however we don't
|
||||
// want to give back a JSDoc template for the 'b' or 'c' in 'namespace a.b.c { }'.
|
||||
if (commentOwner.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break findOwner;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!commentOwner || commentOwner.getStart() < position) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const parameters = getParametersForJsDocOwningNode(commentOwner);
|
||||
const posLineAndChar = sourceFile.getLineAndCharacterOfPosition(position);
|
||||
const lineStart = sourceFile.getLineStarts()[posLineAndChar.line];
|
||||
|
||||
const indentationStr = sourceFile.text.substr(lineStart, posLineAndChar.character);
|
||||
|
||||
let docParams = "";
|
||||
for (let i = 0, numParams = parameters.length; i < numParams; i++) {
|
||||
const currentName = parameters[i].name;
|
||||
const paramName = currentName.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier ?
|
||||
(<Identifier>currentName).text :
|
||||
"param" + i;
|
||||
|
||||
docParams += `${indentationStr} * @param ${paramName}${newLine}`;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A doc comment consists of the following
|
||||
// * The opening comment line
|
||||
// * the first line (without a param) for the object's untagged info (this is also where the caret ends up)
|
||||
// * the '@param'-tagged lines
|
||||
// * TODO: other tags.
|
||||
// * the closing comment line
|
||||
// * if the caret was directly in front of the object, then we add an extra line and indentation.
|
||||
const preamble = "/**" + newLine +
|
||||
indentationStr + " * ";
|
||||
const result =
|
||||
preamble + newLine +
|
||||
docParams +
|
||||
indentationStr + " */" +
|
||||
(tokenStart === position ? newLine + indentationStr : "");
|
||||
|
||||
return { newText: result, caretOffset: preamble.length };
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getParametersForJsDocOwningNode(commentOwner: Node): ParameterDeclaration[] {
|
||||
if (isFunctionLike(commentOwner)) {
|
||||
return commentOwner.parameters;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (commentOwner.kind === SyntaxKind.VariableStatement) {
|
||||
const varStatement = <VariableStatement>commentOwner;
|
||||
const varDeclarations = varStatement.declarationList.declarations;
|
||||
|
||||
if (varDeclarations.length === 1 && varDeclarations[0].initializer) {
|
||||
return getParametersFromRightHandSideOfAssignment(varDeclarations[0].initializer);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return emptyArray;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Digs into an an initializer or RHS operand of an assignment operation
|
||||
* to get the parameters of an apt signature corresponding to a
|
||||
* function expression or a class expression.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param rightHandSide the expression which may contain an appropriate set of parameters
|
||||
* @returns the parameters of a signature found on the RHS if one exists; otherwise 'emptyArray'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function getParametersFromRightHandSideOfAssignment(rightHandSide: Expression): ParameterDeclaration[] {
|
||||
while (rightHandSide.kind === SyntaxKind.ParenthesizedExpression) {
|
||||
rightHandSide = (<ParenthesizedExpression>rightHandSide).expression;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (rightHandSide.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction:
|
||||
return (<FunctionExpression>rightHandSide).parameters;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassExpression:
|
||||
for (const member of (<ClassExpression>rightHandSide).members) {
|
||||
if (member.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor) {
|
||||
return (<ConstructorDeclaration>member).parameters;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return emptyArray;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
|
||||
namespace ts {
|
||||
export function preProcessFile(sourceText: string, readImportFiles = true, detectJavaScriptImports = false): PreProcessedFileInfo {
|
||||
const referencedFiles: FileReference[] = [];
|
||||
const typeReferenceDirectives: FileReference[] = [];
|
||||
const importedFiles: FileReference[] = [];
|
||||
let ambientExternalModules: { ref: FileReference, depth: number }[];
|
||||
let isNoDefaultLib = false;
|
||||
let braceNesting = 0;
|
||||
// assume that text represent an external module if it contains at least one top level import/export
|
||||
// ambient modules that are found inside external modules are interpreted as module augmentations
|
||||
let externalModule = false;
|
||||
|
||||
function nextToken() {
|
||||
const token = scanner.scan();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken) {
|
||||
braceNesting++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken) {
|
||||
braceNesting--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return token;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function processTripleSlashDirectives(): void {
|
||||
const commentRanges = getLeadingCommentRanges(sourceText, 0);
|
||||
forEach(commentRanges, commentRange => {
|
||||
const comment = sourceText.substring(commentRange.pos, commentRange.end);
|
||||
const referencePathMatchResult = getFileReferenceFromReferencePath(comment, commentRange);
|
||||
if (referencePathMatchResult) {
|
||||
isNoDefaultLib = referencePathMatchResult.isNoDefaultLib;
|
||||
const fileReference = referencePathMatchResult.fileReference;
|
||||
if (fileReference) {
|
||||
const collection = referencePathMatchResult.isTypeReferenceDirective
|
||||
? typeReferenceDirectives
|
||||
: referencedFiles;
|
||||
|
||||
collection.push(fileReference);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getFileReference() {
|
||||
const file = scanner.getTokenValue();
|
||||
const pos = scanner.getTokenPos();
|
||||
return {
|
||||
fileName: file,
|
||||
pos: pos,
|
||||
end: pos + file.length
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function recordAmbientExternalModule(): void {
|
||||
if (!ambientExternalModules) {
|
||||
ambientExternalModules = [];
|
||||
}
|
||||
ambientExternalModules.push({ ref: getFileReference(), depth: braceNesting });
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function recordModuleName() {
|
||||
importedFiles.push(getFileReference());
|
||||
|
||||
markAsExternalModuleIfTopLevel();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function markAsExternalModuleIfTopLevel() {
|
||||
if (braceNesting === 0) {
|
||||
externalModule = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns true if at least one token was consumed from the stream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function tryConsumeDeclare(): boolean {
|
||||
let token = scanner.getToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.DeclareKeyword) {
|
||||
// declare module "mod"
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.ModuleKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
recordAmbientExternalModule();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Returns true if at least one token was consumed from the stream
|
||||
*/
|
||||
function tryConsumeImport(): boolean {
|
||||
let token = scanner.getToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.ImportKeyword) {
|
||||
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// import "mod";
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.Identifier || isKeyword(token)) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.FromKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// import d from "mod";
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.EqualsToken) {
|
||||
if (tryConsumeRequireCall(/*skipCurrentToken*/ true)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.CommaToken) {
|
||||
// consume comma and keep going
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// unknown syntax
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
// consume "{ a as B, c, d as D}" clauses
|
||||
// make sure that it stops on EOF
|
||||
while (token !== SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken && token !== SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.FromKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// import {a as A} from "mod";
|
||||
// import d, {a, b as B} from "mod"
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.AsteriskToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.AsKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.Identifier || isKeyword(token)) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.FromKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// import * as NS from "mod"
|
||||
// import d, * as NS from "mod"
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryConsumeExport(): boolean {
|
||||
let token = scanner.getToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.ExportKeyword) {
|
||||
markAsExternalModuleIfTopLevel();
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.OpenBraceToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
// consume "{ a as B, c, d as D}" clauses
|
||||
// make sure it stops on EOF
|
||||
while (token !== SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken && token !== SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.CloseBraceToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.FromKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// export {a as A} from "mod";
|
||||
// export {a, b as B} from "mod"
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.AsteriskToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.FromKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// export * from "mod"
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (token === SyntaxKind.ImportKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.Identifier || isKeyword(token)) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.EqualsToken) {
|
||||
if (tryConsumeRequireCall(/*skipCurrentToken*/ true)) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryConsumeRequireCall(skipCurrentToken: boolean): boolean {
|
||||
let token = skipCurrentToken ? nextToken() : scanner.getToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.RequireKeyword) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// require("mod");
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function tryConsumeDefine(): boolean {
|
||||
let token = scanner.getToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.Identifier && scanner.getTokenValue() === "define") {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token !== SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// looks like define ("modname", ... - skip string literal and comma
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.CommaToken) {
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// unexpected token
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// should be start of dependency list
|
||||
if (token !== SyntaxKind.OpenBracketToken) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// skip open bracket
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
let i = 0;
|
||||
// scan until ']' or EOF
|
||||
while (token !== SyntaxKind.CloseBracketToken && token !== SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken) {
|
||||
// record string literals as module names
|
||||
if (token === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
recordModuleName();
|
||||
i++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
token = nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function processImports(): void {
|
||||
scanner.setText(sourceText);
|
||||
nextToken();
|
||||
// Look for:
|
||||
// import "mod";
|
||||
// import d from "mod"
|
||||
// import {a as A } from "mod";
|
||||
// import * as NS from "mod"
|
||||
// import d, {a, b as B} from "mod"
|
||||
// import i = require("mod");
|
||||
//
|
||||
// export * from "mod"
|
||||
// export {a as b} from "mod"
|
||||
// export import i = require("mod")
|
||||
// (for JavaScript files) require("mod")
|
||||
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
if (scanner.getToken() === SyntaxKind.EndOfFileToken) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// check if at least one of alternative have moved scanner forward
|
||||
if (tryConsumeDeclare() ||
|
||||
tryConsumeImport() ||
|
||||
tryConsumeExport() ||
|
||||
(detectJavaScriptImports && (tryConsumeRequireCall(/*skipCurrentToken*/ false) || tryConsumeDefine()))) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
nextToken();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
scanner.setText(undefined);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (readImportFiles) {
|
||||
processImports();
|
||||
}
|
||||
processTripleSlashDirectives();
|
||||
if (externalModule) {
|
||||
// for external modules module all nested ambient modules are augmentations
|
||||
if (ambientExternalModules) {
|
||||
// move all detected ambient modules to imported files since they need to be resolved
|
||||
for (const decl of ambientExternalModules) {
|
||||
importedFiles.push(decl.ref);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return { referencedFiles, typeReferenceDirectives, importedFiles, isLibFile: isNoDefaultLib, ambientExternalModules: undefined };
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// for global scripts ambient modules still can have augmentations - look for ambient modules with depth > 0
|
||||
let ambientModuleNames: string[];
|
||||
if (ambientExternalModules) {
|
||||
for (const decl of ambientExternalModules) {
|
||||
if (decl.depth === 0) {
|
||||
if (!ambientModuleNames) {
|
||||
ambientModuleNames = [];
|
||||
}
|
||||
ambientModuleNames.push(decl.ref.fileName);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
importedFiles.push(decl.ref);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return { referencedFiles, typeReferenceDirectives, importedFiles, isLibFile: isNoDefaultLib, ambientExternalModules: ambientModuleNames };
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts.Rename {
|
||||
export function getRenameInfo(typeChecker: TypeChecker, defaultLibFileName: string, getCanonicalFileName: (fileName: string) => string, sourceFile: SourceFile, position: number): RenameInfo {
|
||||
const canonicalDefaultLibName = getCanonicalFileName(ts.normalizePath(defaultLibFileName));
|
||||
|
||||
const node = getTouchingWord(sourceFile, position, /*includeJsDocComment*/ true);
|
||||
|
||||
if (node) {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral ||
|
||||
isLiteralNameOfPropertyDeclarationOrIndexAccess(node) ||
|
||||
isThis(node)) {
|
||||
const symbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation(node);
|
||||
|
||||
// Only allow a symbol to be renamed if it actually has at least one declaration.
|
||||
if (symbol) {
|
||||
const declarations = symbol.getDeclarations();
|
||||
if (declarations && declarations.length > 0) {
|
||||
// Disallow rename for elements that are defined in the standard TypeScript library.
|
||||
if (forEach(declarations, isDefinedInLibraryFile)) {
|
||||
return getRenameInfoError(getLocaleSpecificMessage(Diagnostics.You_cannot_rename_elements_that_are_defined_in_the_standard_TypeScript_library));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const displayName = stripQuotes(getDeclaredName(typeChecker, symbol, node));
|
||||
const kind = SymbolDisplay.getSymbolKind(typeChecker, symbol, node);
|
||||
if (kind) {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
canRename: true,
|
||||
kind,
|
||||
displayName,
|
||||
localizedErrorMessage: undefined,
|
||||
fullDisplayName: typeChecker.getFullyQualifiedName(symbol),
|
||||
kindModifiers: SymbolDisplay.getSymbolModifiers(symbol),
|
||||
triggerSpan: createTriggerSpanForNode(node, sourceFile)
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
const type = getStringLiteralTypeForNode(<StringLiteral>node, typeChecker);
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
if (isDefinedInLibraryFile(node)) {
|
||||
return getRenameInfoError(getLocaleSpecificMessage(Diagnostics.You_cannot_rename_elements_that_are_defined_in_the_standard_TypeScript_library));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
const displayName = stripQuotes(type.text);
|
||||
return {
|
||||
canRename: true,
|
||||
kind: ScriptElementKind.variableElement,
|
||||
displayName,
|
||||
localizedErrorMessage: undefined,
|
||||
fullDisplayName: displayName,
|
||||
kindModifiers: ScriptElementKindModifier.none,
|
||||
triggerSpan: createTriggerSpanForNode(node, sourceFile)
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return getRenameInfoError(getLocaleSpecificMessage(Diagnostics.You_cannot_rename_this_element));
|
||||
|
||||
function getRenameInfoError(localizedErrorMessage: string): RenameInfo {
|
||||
return {
|
||||
canRename: false,
|
||||
localizedErrorMessage: localizedErrorMessage,
|
||||
displayName: undefined,
|
||||
fullDisplayName: undefined,
|
||||
kind: undefined,
|
||||
kindModifiers: undefined,
|
||||
triggerSpan: undefined
|
||||
};
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isDefinedInLibraryFile(declaration: Node) {
|
||||
if (defaultLibFileName) {
|
||||
const sourceFile = declaration.getSourceFile();
|
||||
const canonicalName = getCanonicalFileName(ts.normalizePath(sourceFile.fileName));
|
||||
if (canonicalName === canonicalDefaultLibName) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function createTriggerSpanForNode(node: Node, sourceFile: SourceFile) {
|
||||
let start = node.getStart(sourceFile);
|
||||
let width = node.getWidth(sourceFile);
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
// Exclude the quotes
|
||||
start += 1;
|
||||
width -= 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return createTextSpan(start, width);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+68
-6893
File diff suppressed because it is too large.
Load diff
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts.SymbolDisplay {
|
||||
// TODO(drosen): use contextual SemanticMeaning.
|
||||
export function getSymbolKind(typeChecker: TypeChecker, symbol: Symbol, location: Node): string {
|
||||
const flags = symbol.getFlags();
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Class) return getDeclarationOfKind(symbol, SyntaxKind.ClassExpression) ?
|
||||
ScriptElementKind.localClassElement : ScriptElementKind.classElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Enum) return ScriptElementKind.enumElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.TypeAlias) return ScriptElementKind.typeElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Interface) return ScriptElementKind.interfaceElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter) return ScriptElementKind.typeParameterElement;
|
||||
|
||||
const result = getSymbolKindOfConstructorPropertyMethodAccessorFunctionOrVar(typeChecker, symbol, flags, location);
|
||||
if (result === ScriptElementKind.unknown) {
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter) return ScriptElementKind.typeParameterElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.EnumMember) return ScriptElementKind.variableElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Alias) return ScriptElementKind.alias;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Module) return ScriptElementKind.moduleElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getSymbolKindOfConstructorPropertyMethodAccessorFunctionOrVar(typeChecker: TypeChecker, symbol: Symbol, flags: SymbolFlags, location: Node) {
|
||||
if (typeChecker.isUndefinedSymbol(symbol)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.variableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (typeChecker.isArgumentsSymbol(symbol)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.localVariableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (location.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword && isExpression(location)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.parameterElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Variable) {
|
||||
if (isFirstDeclarationOfSymbolParameter(symbol)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.parameterElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (symbol.valueDeclaration && isConst(symbol.valueDeclaration)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.constElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (forEach(symbol.declarations, isLet)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.letElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return isLocalVariableOrFunction(symbol) ? ScriptElementKind.localVariableElement : ScriptElementKind.variableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Function) return isLocalVariableOrFunction(symbol) ? ScriptElementKind.localFunctionElement : ScriptElementKind.functionElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.GetAccessor) return ScriptElementKind.memberGetAccessorElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.SetAccessor) return ScriptElementKind.memberSetAccessorElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Method) return ScriptElementKind.memberFunctionElement;
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Constructor) return ScriptElementKind.constructorImplementationElement;
|
||||
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.Property) {
|
||||
if (flags & SymbolFlags.SyntheticProperty) {
|
||||
// If union property is result of union of non method (property/accessors/variables), it is labeled as property
|
||||
const unionPropertyKind = forEach(typeChecker.getRootSymbols(symbol), rootSymbol => {
|
||||
const rootSymbolFlags = rootSymbol.getFlags();
|
||||
if (rootSymbolFlags & (SymbolFlags.PropertyOrAccessor | SymbolFlags.Variable)) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Debug.assert(!!(rootSymbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Method));
|
||||
});
|
||||
if (!unionPropertyKind) {
|
||||
// If this was union of all methods,
|
||||
// make sure it has call signatures before we can label it as method
|
||||
const typeOfUnionProperty = typeChecker.getTypeOfSymbolAtLocation(symbol, location);
|
||||
if (typeOfUnionProperty.getCallSignatures().length) {
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberFunctionElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return unionPropertyKind;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.unknown;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getSymbolModifiers(symbol: Symbol): string {
|
||||
return symbol && symbol.declarations && symbol.declarations.length > 0
|
||||
? getNodeModifiers(symbol.declarations[0])
|
||||
: ScriptElementKindModifier.none;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO(drosen): Currently completion entry details passes the SemanticMeaning.All instead of using semanticMeaning of location
|
||||
export function getSymbolDisplayPartsDocumentationAndSymbolKind(typeChecker: TypeChecker, symbol: Symbol, sourceFile: SourceFile, enclosingDeclaration: Node,
|
||||
location: Node, semanticMeaning = getMeaningFromLocation(location)) {
|
||||
|
||||
const displayParts: SymbolDisplayPart[] = [];
|
||||
let documentation: SymbolDisplayPart[];
|
||||
const symbolFlags = symbol.flags;
|
||||
let symbolKind = getSymbolKindOfConstructorPropertyMethodAccessorFunctionOrVar(typeChecker, symbol, symbolFlags, location);
|
||||
let hasAddedSymbolInfo: boolean;
|
||||
const isThisExpression = location.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword && isExpression(location);
|
||||
let type: Type;
|
||||
|
||||
// Class at constructor site need to be shown as constructor apart from property,method, vars
|
||||
if (symbolKind !== ScriptElementKind.unknown || symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Class || symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Alias) {
|
||||
// If it is accessor they are allowed only if location is at name of the accessor
|
||||
if (symbolKind === ScriptElementKind.memberGetAccessorElement || symbolKind === ScriptElementKind.memberSetAccessorElement) {
|
||||
symbolKind = ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
let signature: Signature;
|
||||
type = isThisExpression ? typeChecker.getTypeAtLocation(location) : typeChecker.getTypeOfSymbolAtLocation(symbol, location);
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
if (location.parent && location.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PropertyAccessExpression) {
|
||||
const right = (<PropertyAccessExpression>location.parent).name;
|
||||
// Either the location is on the right of a property access, or on the left and the right is missing
|
||||
if (right === location || (right && right.getFullWidth() === 0)) {
|
||||
location = location.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// try get the call/construct signature from the type if it matches
|
||||
let callExpression: CallExpression;
|
||||
if (location.kind === SyntaxKind.CallExpression || location.kind === SyntaxKind.NewExpression) {
|
||||
callExpression = <CallExpression>location;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isCallExpressionTarget(location) || isNewExpressionTarget(location)) {
|
||||
callExpression = <CallExpression>location.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (callExpression) {
|
||||
const candidateSignatures: Signature[] = [];
|
||||
signature = typeChecker.getResolvedSignature(callExpression, candidateSignatures);
|
||||
if (!signature && candidateSignatures.length) {
|
||||
// Use the first candidate:
|
||||
signature = candidateSignatures[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const useConstructSignatures = callExpression.kind === SyntaxKind.NewExpression || callExpression.expression.kind === SyntaxKind.SuperKeyword;
|
||||
const allSignatures = useConstructSignatures ? type.getConstructSignatures() : type.getCallSignatures();
|
||||
|
||||
if (!contains(allSignatures, signature.target) && !contains(allSignatures, signature)) {
|
||||
// Get the first signature if there is one -- allSignatures may contain
|
||||
// either the original signature or its target, so check for either
|
||||
signature = allSignatures.length ? allSignatures[0] : undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (signature) {
|
||||
if (useConstructSignatures && (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Class)) {
|
||||
// Constructor
|
||||
symbolKind = ScriptElementKind.constructorImplementationElement;
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(type.symbol, symbolKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Alias) {
|
||||
symbolKind = ScriptElementKind.alias;
|
||||
pushTypePart(symbolKind);
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
if (useConstructSignatures) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.NewKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(symbol, symbolKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (symbolKind) {
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.variableElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.constElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.letElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.parameterElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.localVariableElement:
|
||||
// If it is call or construct signature of lambda's write type name
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.ColonToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
if (useConstructSignatures) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.NewKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!(type.flags & TypeFlags.Anonymous) && type.symbol) {
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, symbolToDisplayParts(typeChecker, type.symbol, enclosingDeclaration, /*meaning*/ undefined, SymbolFormatFlags.WriteTypeParametersOrArguments));
|
||||
}
|
||||
addSignatureDisplayParts(signature, allSignatures, TypeFormatFlags.WriteArrowStyleSignature);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
// Just signature
|
||||
addSignatureDisplayParts(signature, allSignatures);
|
||||
}
|
||||
hasAddedSymbolInfo = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((isNameOfFunctionDeclaration(location) && !(symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.Accessor)) || // name of function declaration
|
||||
(location.kind === SyntaxKind.ConstructorKeyword && location.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor)) { // At constructor keyword of constructor declaration
|
||||
// get the signature from the declaration and write it
|
||||
const functionDeclaration = <FunctionLikeDeclaration>location.parent;
|
||||
const allSignatures = functionDeclaration.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor ? type.getNonNullableType().getConstructSignatures() : type.getNonNullableType().getCallSignatures();
|
||||
if (!typeChecker.isImplementationOfOverload(functionDeclaration)) {
|
||||
signature = typeChecker.getSignatureFromDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
signature = allSignatures[0];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (functionDeclaration.kind === SyntaxKind.Constructor) {
|
||||
// show (constructor) Type(...) signature
|
||||
symbolKind = ScriptElementKind.constructorImplementationElement;
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(type.symbol, symbolKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// (function/method) symbol(..signature)
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(functionDeclaration.kind === SyntaxKind.CallSignature &&
|
||||
!(type.symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.TypeLiteral || type.symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.ObjectLiteral) ? type.symbol : symbol, symbolKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
addSignatureDisplayParts(signature, allSignatures);
|
||||
hasAddedSymbolInfo = true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Class && !hasAddedSymbolInfo && !isThisExpression) {
|
||||
if (getDeclarationOfKind(symbol, SyntaxKind.ClassExpression)) {
|
||||
// Special case for class expressions because we would like to indicate that
|
||||
// the class name is local to the class body (similar to function expression)
|
||||
// (local class) class <className>
|
||||
pushTypePart(ScriptElementKind.localClassElement);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Class declaration has name which is not local.
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.ClassKeyword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(symbol, sourceFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Interface) && (semanticMeaning & SemanticMeaning.Type)) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.InterfaceKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(symbol, sourceFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.TypeAlias) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.TypeKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(symbol, sourceFile);
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(operatorPart(SyntaxKind.EqualsToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, typeToDisplayParts(typeChecker, typeChecker.getDeclaredTypeOfSymbol(symbol), enclosingDeclaration, TypeFormatFlags.InTypeAlias));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Enum) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
if (forEach(symbol.declarations, isConstEnumDeclaration)) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.ConstKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.EnumKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Module) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
const declaration = <ModuleDeclaration>getDeclarationOfKind(symbol, SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration);
|
||||
const isNamespace = declaration && declaration.name && declaration.name.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier;
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(isNamespace ? SyntaxKind.NamespaceKeyword : SyntaxKind.ModuleKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter) && (semanticMeaning & SemanticMeaning.Type)) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(textPart("type parameter"));
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.CloseParenToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.InKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
if (symbol.parent) {
|
||||
// Class/Interface type parameter
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol.parent, enclosingDeclaration);
|
||||
writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(symbol.parent, enclosingDeclaration);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Method/function type parameter
|
||||
let declaration = <Node>getDeclarationOfKind(symbol, SyntaxKind.TypeParameter);
|
||||
Debug.assert(declaration !== undefined);
|
||||
declaration = declaration.parent;
|
||||
|
||||
if (declaration) {
|
||||
if (isFunctionLikeKind(declaration.kind)) {
|
||||
const signature = typeChecker.getSignatureFromDeclaration(<SignatureDeclaration>declaration);
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ConstructSignature) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.NewKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (declaration.kind !== SyntaxKind.CallSignature && (<SignatureDeclaration>declaration).name) {
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(declaration.symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, signatureToDisplayParts(typeChecker, signature, sourceFile, TypeFormatFlags.WriteTypeArgumentsOfSignature));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// Type alias type parameter
|
||||
// For example
|
||||
// type list<T> = T[]; // Both T will go through same code path
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.TypeKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(declaration.symbol);
|
||||
writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(declaration.symbol, sourceFile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.EnumMember) {
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(symbol, "enum member");
|
||||
const declaration = symbol.declarations[0];
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.EnumMember) {
|
||||
const constantValue = typeChecker.getConstantValue(<EnumMember>declaration);
|
||||
if (constantValue !== undefined) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(operatorPart(SyntaxKind.EqualsToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(displayPart(constantValue.toString(), SymbolDisplayPartKind.numericLiteral));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Alias) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
if (symbol.declarations[0].kind === SyntaxKind.NamespaceExportDeclaration) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.ExportKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.NamespaceKeyword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.ImportKeyword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
ts.forEach(symbol.declarations, declaration => {
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.ImportEqualsDeclaration) {
|
||||
const importEqualsDeclaration = <ImportEqualsDeclaration>declaration;
|
||||
if (isExternalModuleImportEqualsDeclaration(importEqualsDeclaration)) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(operatorPart(SyntaxKind.EqualsToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.RequireKeyword));
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(displayPart(getTextOfNode(getExternalModuleImportEqualsDeclarationExpression(importEqualsDeclaration)), SymbolDisplayPartKind.stringLiteral));
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.CloseParenToken));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
const internalAliasSymbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation(importEqualsDeclaration.moduleReference);
|
||||
if (internalAliasSymbol) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(operatorPart(SyntaxKind.EqualsToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(internalAliasSymbol, enclosingDeclaration);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!hasAddedSymbolInfo) {
|
||||
if (symbolKind !== ScriptElementKind.unknown) {
|
||||
if (type) {
|
||||
if (isThisExpression) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
displayParts.push(keywordPart(SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(symbol, symbolKind);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// For properties, variables and local vars: show the type
|
||||
if (symbolKind === ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement ||
|
||||
symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Variable ||
|
||||
symbolKind === ScriptElementKind.localVariableElement ||
|
||||
isThisExpression) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.ColonToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
// If the type is type parameter, format it specially
|
||||
if (type.symbol && type.symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.TypeParameter) {
|
||||
const typeParameterParts = mapToDisplayParts(writer => {
|
||||
typeChecker.getSymbolDisplayBuilder().buildTypeParameterDisplay(<TypeParameter>type, writer, enclosingDeclaration);
|
||||
});
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, typeParameterParts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, typeToDisplayParts(typeChecker, type, enclosingDeclaration));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Function ||
|
||||
symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Method ||
|
||||
symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Constructor ||
|
||||
symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Signature ||
|
||||
symbolFlags & SymbolFlags.Accessor ||
|
||||
symbolKind === ScriptElementKind.memberFunctionElement) {
|
||||
const allSignatures = type.getNonNullableType().getCallSignatures();
|
||||
addSignatureDisplayParts(allSignatures[0], allSignatures);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
symbolKind = getSymbolKind(typeChecker, symbol, location);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!documentation) {
|
||||
documentation = symbol.getDocumentationComment();
|
||||
if (documentation.length === 0 && symbol.flags & SymbolFlags.Property) {
|
||||
// For some special property access expressions like `experts.foo = foo` or `module.exports.foo = foo`
|
||||
// there documentation comments might be attached to the right hand side symbol of their declarations.
|
||||
// The pattern of such special property access is that the parent symbol is the symbol of the file.
|
||||
if (symbol.parent && forEach(symbol.parent.declarations, declaration => declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.SourceFile)) {
|
||||
for (const declaration of symbol.declarations) {
|
||||
if (!declaration.parent || declaration.parent.kind !== SyntaxKind.BinaryExpression) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const rhsSymbol = typeChecker.getSymbolAtLocation((<BinaryExpression>declaration.parent).right);
|
||||
if (!rhsSymbol) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
documentation = rhsSymbol.getDocumentationComment();
|
||||
if (documentation.length > 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return { displayParts, documentation, symbolKind };
|
||||
|
||||
function addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist() {
|
||||
if (displayParts.length) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(lineBreakPart());
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function addFullSymbolName(symbol: Symbol, enclosingDeclaration?: Node) {
|
||||
const fullSymbolDisplayParts = symbolToDisplayParts(typeChecker, symbol, enclosingDeclaration || sourceFile, /*meaning*/ undefined,
|
||||
SymbolFormatFlags.WriteTypeParametersOrArguments | SymbolFormatFlags.UseOnlyExternalAliasing);
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, fullSymbolDisplayParts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function addPrefixForAnyFunctionOrVar(symbol: Symbol, symbolKind: string) {
|
||||
addNewLineIfDisplayPartsExist();
|
||||
if (symbolKind) {
|
||||
pushTypePart(symbolKind);
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
addFullSymbolName(symbol);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function pushTypePart(symbolKind: string) {
|
||||
switch (symbolKind) {
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.variableElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.functionElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.letElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.constElement:
|
||||
case ScriptElementKind.constructorImplementationElement:
|
||||
displayParts.push(textOrKeywordPart(symbolKind));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(textOrKeywordPart(symbolKind));
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.CloseParenToken));
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function addSignatureDisplayParts(signature: Signature, allSignatures: Signature[], flags?: TypeFormatFlags) {
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, signatureToDisplayParts(typeChecker, signature, enclosingDeclaration, flags | TypeFormatFlags.WriteTypeArgumentsOfSignature));
|
||||
if (allSignatures.length > 1) {
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.OpenParenToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(operatorPart(SyntaxKind.PlusToken));
|
||||
displayParts.push(displayPart((allSignatures.length - 1).toString(), SymbolDisplayPartKind.numericLiteral));
|
||||
displayParts.push(spacePart());
|
||||
displayParts.push(textPart(allSignatures.length === 2 ? "overload" : "overloads"));
|
||||
displayParts.push(punctuationPart(SyntaxKind.CloseParenToken));
|
||||
}
|
||||
documentation = signature.getDocumentationComment();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function writeTypeParametersOfSymbol(symbol: Symbol, enclosingDeclaration: Node) {
|
||||
const typeParameterParts = mapToDisplayParts(writer => {
|
||||
typeChecker.getSymbolDisplayBuilder().buildTypeParameterDisplayFromSymbol(symbol, writer, enclosingDeclaration);
|
||||
});
|
||||
addRange(displayParts, typeParameterParts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isLocalVariableOrFunction(symbol: Symbol) {
|
||||
if (symbol.parent) {
|
||||
return false; // This is exported symbol
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ts.forEach(symbol.declarations, declaration => {
|
||||
// Function expressions are local
|
||||
if (declaration.kind === SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (declaration.kind !== SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration && declaration.kind !== SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// If the parent is not sourceFile or module block it is local variable
|
||||
for (let parent = declaration.parent; !isFunctionBlock(parent); parent = parent.parent) {
|
||||
// Reached source file or module block
|
||||
if (parent.kind === SyntaxKind.SourceFile || parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleBlock) {
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// parent is in function block
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
|
||||
namespace ts {
|
||||
export interface TranspileOptions {
|
||||
compilerOptions?: CompilerOptions;
|
||||
fileName?: string;
|
||||
reportDiagnostics?: boolean;
|
||||
moduleName?: string;
|
||||
renamedDependencies?: MapLike<string>;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export interface TranspileOutput {
|
||||
outputText: string;
|
||||
diagnostics?: Diagnostic[];
|
||||
sourceMapText?: string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This function will compile source text from 'input' argument using specified compiler options.
|
||||
* If not options are provided - it will use a set of default compiler options.
|
||||
* Extra compiler options that will unconditionally be used by this function are:
|
||||
* - isolatedModules = true
|
||||
* - allowNonTsExtensions = true
|
||||
* - noLib = true
|
||||
* - noResolve = true
|
||||
*/
|
||||
export function transpileModule(input: string, transpileOptions: TranspileOptions): TranspileOutput {
|
||||
const diagnostics: Diagnostic[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
const options: CompilerOptions = transpileOptions.compilerOptions ? fixupCompilerOptions(transpileOptions.compilerOptions, diagnostics) : getDefaultCompilerOptions();
|
||||
|
||||
options.isolatedModules = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// transpileModule does not write anything to disk so there is no need to verify that there are no conflicts between input and output paths.
|
||||
options.suppressOutputPathCheck = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Filename can be non-ts file.
|
||||
options.allowNonTsExtensions = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// We are not returning a sourceFile for lib file when asked by the program,
|
||||
// so pass --noLib to avoid reporting a file not found error.
|
||||
options.noLib = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// Clear out other settings that would not be used in transpiling this module
|
||||
options.lib = undefined;
|
||||
options.types = undefined;
|
||||
options.noEmit = undefined;
|
||||
options.noEmitOnError = undefined;
|
||||
options.paths = undefined;
|
||||
options.rootDirs = undefined;
|
||||
options.declaration = undefined;
|
||||
options.declarationDir = undefined;
|
||||
options.out = undefined;
|
||||
options.outFile = undefined;
|
||||
|
||||
// We are not doing a full typecheck, we are not resolving the whole context,
|
||||
// so pass --noResolve to avoid reporting missing file errors.
|
||||
options.noResolve = true;
|
||||
|
||||
// if jsx is specified then treat file as .tsx
|
||||
const inputFileName = transpileOptions.fileName || (options.jsx ? "module.tsx" : "module.ts");
|
||||
const sourceFile = createSourceFile(inputFileName, input, options.target);
|
||||
if (transpileOptions.moduleName) {
|
||||
sourceFile.moduleName = transpileOptions.moduleName;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (transpileOptions.renamedDependencies) {
|
||||
sourceFile.renamedDependencies = createMap(transpileOptions.renamedDependencies);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const newLine = getNewLineCharacter(options);
|
||||
|
||||
// Output
|
||||
let outputText: string;
|
||||
let sourceMapText: string;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create a compilerHost object to allow the compiler to read and write files
|
||||
const compilerHost: CompilerHost = {
|
||||
getSourceFile: (fileName, target) => fileName === normalizePath(inputFileName) ? sourceFile : undefined,
|
||||
writeFile: (name, text, writeByteOrderMark) => {
|
||||
if (fileExtensionIs(name, ".map")) {
|
||||
Debug.assert(sourceMapText === undefined, `Unexpected multiple source map outputs for the file '${name}'`);
|
||||
sourceMapText = text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
Debug.assert(outputText === undefined, `Unexpected multiple outputs for the file: '${name}'`);
|
||||
outputText = text;
|
||||
}
|
||||
},
|
||||
getDefaultLibFileName: () => "lib.d.ts",
|
||||
useCaseSensitiveFileNames: () => false,
|
||||
getCanonicalFileName: fileName => fileName,
|
||||
getCurrentDirectory: () => "",
|
||||
getNewLine: () => newLine,
|
||||
fileExists: (fileName): boolean => fileName === inputFileName,
|
||||
readFile: (fileName): string => "",
|
||||
directoryExists: directoryExists => true,
|
||||
getDirectories: (path: string) => []
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
const program = createProgram([inputFileName], options, compilerHost);
|
||||
|
||||
if (transpileOptions.reportDiagnostics) {
|
||||
addRange(/*to*/ diagnostics, /*from*/ program.getSyntacticDiagnostics(sourceFile));
|
||||
addRange(/*to*/ diagnostics, /*from*/ program.getOptionsDiagnostics());
|
||||
}
|
||||
// Emit
|
||||
program.emit();
|
||||
|
||||
Debug.assert(outputText !== undefined, "Output generation failed");
|
||||
|
||||
return { outputText, diagnostics, sourceMapText };
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is a shortcut function for transpileModule - it accepts transpileOptions as parameters and returns only outputText part of the result.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
export function transpile(input: string, compilerOptions?: CompilerOptions, fileName?: string, diagnostics?: Diagnostic[], moduleName?: string): string {
|
||||
const output = transpileModule(input, { compilerOptions, fileName, reportDiagnostics: !!diagnostics, moduleName });
|
||||
// addRange correctly handles cases when wither 'from' or 'to' argument is missing
|
||||
addRange(diagnostics, output.diagnostics);
|
||||
return output.outputText;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
let commandLineOptionsStringToEnum: CommandLineOptionOfCustomType[];
|
||||
|
||||
/** JS users may pass in string values for enum compiler options (such as ModuleKind), so convert. */
|
||||
function fixupCompilerOptions(options: CompilerOptions, diagnostics: Diagnostic[]): CompilerOptions {
|
||||
// Lazily create this value to fix module loading errors.
|
||||
commandLineOptionsStringToEnum = commandLineOptionsStringToEnum || <CommandLineOptionOfCustomType[]>filter(optionDeclarations, o =>
|
||||
typeof o.type === "object" && !forEachProperty(o.type, v => typeof v !== "number"));
|
||||
|
||||
options = clone(options);
|
||||
|
||||
for (const opt of commandLineOptionsStringToEnum) {
|
||||
if (!hasProperty(options, opt.name)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const value = options[opt.name];
|
||||
// Value should be a key of opt.type
|
||||
if (typeof value === "string") {
|
||||
// If value is not a string, this will fail
|
||||
options[opt.name] = parseCustomTypeOption(opt, value, diagnostics);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
if (!forEachProperty(opt.type, v => v === value)) {
|
||||
// Supplied value isn't a valid enum value.
|
||||
diagnostics.push(createCompilerDiagnosticForInvalidCustomType(opt));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return options;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -40,17 +40,28 @@
|
||||
"../compiler/program.ts",
|
||||
"../compiler/commandLineParser.ts",
|
||||
"../compiler/diagnosticInformationMap.generated.ts",
|
||||
"types.ts",
|
||||
"utilities.ts",
|
||||
"breakpoints.ts",
|
||||
"classifier.ts",
|
||||
"completions.ts",
|
||||
"documentHighlights.ts",
|
||||
"documentRegistry.ts",
|
||||
"findAllReferences.ts",
|
||||
"goToDefinition.ts",
|
||||
"jsDoc.ts",
|
||||
"jsTyping.ts",
|
||||
"navigateTo.ts",
|
||||
"navigationBar.ts",
|
||||
"outliningElementsCollector.ts",
|
||||
"patternMatcher.ts",
|
||||
"preProcess.ts",
|
||||
"rename.ts",
|
||||
"services.ts",
|
||||
"transpile.ts",
|
||||
"shims.ts",
|
||||
"signatureHelp.ts",
|
||||
"types.ts",
|
||||
"utilities.ts",
|
||||
"jsTyping.ts",
|
||||
"symbolDisplay.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formatting.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formattingContext.ts",
|
||||
"formatting/formattingRequestKind.ts",
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-93
@@ -194,6 +194,7 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
|
||||
getCompletionsAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): CompletionInfo;
|
||||
getCompletionEntryDetails(fileName: string, position: number, entryName: string): CompletionEntryDetails;
|
||||
getCompletionEntrySymbol(fileName: string, position: number, entryName: string): Symbol;
|
||||
|
||||
getQuickInfoAtPosition(fileName: string, position: number): QuickInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -575,99 +576,6 @@ namespace ts {
|
||||
getEncodedLexicalClassifications(text: string, endOfLineState: EndOfLineState, syntacticClassifierAbsent: boolean): Classifications;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The document registry represents a store of SourceFile objects that can be shared between
|
||||
* multiple LanguageService instances. A LanguageService instance holds on the SourceFile (AST)
|
||||
* of files in the context.
|
||||
* SourceFile objects account for most of the memory usage by the language service. Sharing
|
||||
* the same DocumentRegistry instance between different instances of LanguageService allow
|
||||
* for more efficient memory utilization since all projects will share at least the library
|
||||
* file (lib.d.ts).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A more advanced use of the document registry is to serialize sourceFile objects to disk
|
||||
* and re-hydrate them when needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To create a default DocumentRegistry, use createDocumentRegistry to create one, and pass it
|
||||
* to all subsequent createLanguageService calls.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
export interface DocumentRegistry {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request a stored SourceFile with a given fileName and compilationSettings.
|
||||
* The first call to acquire will call createLanguageServiceSourceFile to generate
|
||||
* the SourceFile if was not found in the registry.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file requested
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings Some compilation settings like target affects the
|
||||
* shape of a the resulting SourceFile. This allows the DocumentRegistry to store
|
||||
* multiple copies of the same file for different compilation settings.
|
||||
* @parm scriptSnapshot Text of the file. Only used if the file was not found
|
||||
* in the registry and a new one was created.
|
||||
* @parm version Current version of the file. Only used if the file was not found
|
||||
* in the registry and a new one was created.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
acquireDocument(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
acquireDocumentWithKey(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
path: Path,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Request an updated version of an already existing SourceFile with a given fileName
|
||||
* and compilationSettings. The update will in-turn call updateLanguageServiceSourceFile
|
||||
* to get an updated SourceFile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file requested
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings Some compilation settings like target affects the
|
||||
* shape of a the resulting SourceFile. This allows the DocumentRegistry to store
|
||||
* multiple copies of the same file for different compilation settings.
|
||||
* @param scriptSnapshot Text of the file.
|
||||
* @param version Current version of the file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
updateDocument(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
updateDocumentWithKey(
|
||||
fileName: string,
|
||||
path: Path,
|
||||
compilationSettings: CompilerOptions,
|
||||
key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey,
|
||||
scriptSnapshot: IScriptSnapshot,
|
||||
version: string,
|
||||
scriptKind?: ScriptKind): SourceFile;
|
||||
|
||||
getKeyForCompilationSettings(settings: CompilerOptions): DocumentRegistryBucketKey;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Informs the DocumentRegistry that a file is not needed any longer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: It is not allowed to call release on a SourceFile that was not acquired from
|
||||
* this registry originally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param fileName The name of the file to be released
|
||||
* @param compilationSettings The compilation settings used to acquire the file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
releaseDocument(fileName: string, compilationSettings: CompilerOptions): void;
|
||||
|
||||
releaseDocumentWithKey(path: Path, key: DocumentRegistryBucketKey): void;
|
||||
|
||||
reportStats(): string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export type DocumentRegistryBucketKey = string & { __bucketKey: any };
|
||||
|
||||
// TODO: move these to enums
|
||||
export namespace ScriptElementKind {
|
||||
export const unknown = "";
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,387 @@
|
||||
// These utilities are common to multiple language service features.
|
||||
/* @internal */
|
||||
namespace ts {
|
||||
export const scanner: Scanner = createScanner(ScriptTarget.Latest, /*skipTrivia*/ true);
|
||||
export const emptyArray: any[] = [];
|
||||
|
||||
export const enum SemanticMeaning {
|
||||
None = 0x0,
|
||||
Value = 0x1,
|
||||
Type = 0x2,
|
||||
Namespace = 0x4,
|
||||
All = Value | Type | Namespace
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getMeaningFromDeclaration(node: Node): SemanticMeaning {
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Parameter:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BindingElement:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertySignature:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyAssignment:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ShorthandPropertyAssignment:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumMember:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodSignature:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Constructor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CatchClause:
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value;
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeParameter:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeAliasDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeLiteral:
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Type;
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumDeclaration:
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value | SemanticMeaning.Type;
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
if (isAmbientModule(<ModuleDeclaration>node)) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace | SemanticMeaning.Value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (getModuleInstanceState(node) === ModuleInstanceState.Instantiated) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace | SemanticMeaning.Value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.NamedImports:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportSpecifier:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportEqualsDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExportAssignment:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExportDeclaration:
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value | SemanticMeaning.Type | SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
|
||||
// An external module can be a Value
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SourceFile:
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace | SemanticMeaning.Value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value | SemanticMeaning.Type | SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getMeaningFromLocation(node: Node): SemanticMeaning {
|
||||
if (node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ExportAssignment) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value | SemanticMeaning.Type | SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isInRightSideOfImport(node)) {
|
||||
return getMeaningFromRightHandSideOfImportEquals(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isDeclarationName(node)) {
|
||||
return getMeaningFromDeclaration(node.parent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isTypeReference(node)) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (isNamespaceReference(node)) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getMeaningFromRightHandSideOfImportEquals(node: Node) {
|
||||
Debug.assert(node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier);
|
||||
|
||||
// import a = |b|; // Namespace
|
||||
// import a = |b.c|; // Value, type, namespace
|
||||
// import a = |b.c|.d; // Namespace
|
||||
|
||||
if (node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.QualifiedName &&
|
||||
(<QualifiedName>node.parent).right === node &&
|
||||
node.parent.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ImportEqualsDeclaration) {
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Value | SemanticMeaning.Type | SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return SemanticMeaning.Namespace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isInRightSideOfImport(node: Node) {
|
||||
while (node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.QualifiedName) {
|
||||
node = node.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return isInternalModuleImportEqualsDeclaration(node.parent) && (<ImportEqualsDeclaration>node.parent).moduleReference === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isNamespaceReference(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return isQualifiedNameNamespaceReference(node) || isPropertyAccessNamespaceReference(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isQualifiedNameNamespaceReference(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
let root = node;
|
||||
let isLastClause = true;
|
||||
if (root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.QualifiedName) {
|
||||
while (root.parent && root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.QualifiedName) {
|
||||
root = root.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
isLastClause = (<QualifiedName>root).right === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.TypeReference && !isLastClause;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isPropertyAccessNamespaceReference(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
let root = node;
|
||||
let isLastClause = true;
|
||||
if (root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PropertyAccessExpression) {
|
||||
while (root.parent && root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PropertyAccessExpression) {
|
||||
root = root.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
isLastClause = (<PropertyAccessExpression>root).name === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!isLastClause && root.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ExpressionWithTypeArguments && root.parent.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.HeritageClause) {
|
||||
const decl = root.parent.parent.parent;
|
||||
return (decl.kind === SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration && (<HeritageClause>root.parent.parent).token === SyntaxKind.ImplementsKeyword) ||
|
||||
(decl.kind === SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration && (<HeritageClause>root.parent.parent).token === SyntaxKind.ExtendsKeyword);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isTypeReference(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
if (isRightSideOfQualifiedNameOrPropertyAccess(node)) {
|
||||
node = node.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.TypeReference ||
|
||||
(node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ExpressionWithTypeArguments && !isExpressionWithTypeArgumentsInClassExtendsClause(<ExpressionWithTypeArguments>node.parent)) ||
|
||||
(node.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword && !isPartOfExpression(node)) ||
|
||||
node.kind === SyntaxKind.ThisType;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isCallExpressionTarget(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return isCallOrNewExpressionTarget(node, SyntaxKind.CallExpression);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isNewExpressionTarget(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return isCallOrNewExpressionTarget(node, SyntaxKind.NewExpression);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isCallOrNewExpressionTarget(node: Node, kind: SyntaxKind) {
|
||||
const target = climbPastPropertyAccess(node);
|
||||
return target && target.parent && target.parent.kind === kind && (<CallExpression>target.parent).expression === target;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function climbPastPropertyAccess(node: Node) {
|
||||
return isRightSideOfPropertyAccess(node) ? node.parent : node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getTargetLabel(referenceNode: Node, labelName: string): Identifier {
|
||||
while (referenceNode) {
|
||||
if (referenceNode.kind === SyntaxKind.LabeledStatement && (<LabeledStatement>referenceNode).label.text === labelName) {
|
||||
return (<LabeledStatement>referenceNode).label;
|
||||
}
|
||||
referenceNode = referenceNode.parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isJumpStatementTarget(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
(node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.BreakStatement || node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ContinueStatement) &&
|
||||
(<BreakOrContinueStatement>node.parent).label === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function isLabelOfLabeledStatement(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.LabeledStatement &&
|
||||
(<LabeledStatement>node.parent).label === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isLabelName(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return isLabelOfLabeledStatement(node) || isJumpStatementTarget(node);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isRightSideOfQualifiedName(node: Node) {
|
||||
return node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.QualifiedName && (<QualifiedName>node.parent).right === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isRightSideOfPropertyAccess(node: Node) {
|
||||
return node && node.parent && node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.PropertyAccessExpression && (<PropertyAccessExpression>node.parent).name === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isNameOfModuleDeclaration(node: Node) {
|
||||
return node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration && (<ModuleDeclaration>node.parent).name === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isNameOfFunctionDeclaration(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
return node.kind === SyntaxKind.Identifier &&
|
||||
isFunctionLike(node.parent) && (<FunctionLikeDeclaration>node.parent).name === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isLiteralNameOfPropertyDeclarationOrIndexAccess(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
if (node.kind === SyntaxKind.StringLiteral || node.kind === SyntaxKind.NumericLiteral) {
|
||||
switch (node.parent.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertySignature:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyAssignment:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumMember:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodSignature:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
return (<Declaration>node.parent).name === node;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ElementAccessExpression:
|
||||
return (<ElementAccessExpression>node.parent).argumentExpression === node;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ComputedPropertyName:
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isExpressionOfExternalModuleImportEqualsDeclaration(node: Node) {
|
||||
return isExternalModuleImportEqualsDeclaration(node.parent.parent) &&
|
||||
getExternalModuleImportEqualsDeclarationExpression(node.parent.parent) === node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Returns true if the position is within a comment */
|
||||
export function isInsideComment(sourceFile: SourceFile, token: Node, position: number): boolean {
|
||||
// The position has to be: 1. in the leading trivia (before token.getStart()), and 2. within a comment
|
||||
return position <= token.getStart(sourceFile) &&
|
||||
(isInsideCommentRange(getTrailingCommentRanges(sourceFile.text, token.getFullStart())) ||
|
||||
isInsideCommentRange(getLeadingCommentRanges(sourceFile.text, token.getFullStart())));
|
||||
|
||||
function isInsideCommentRange(comments: CommentRange[]): boolean {
|
||||
return forEach(comments, comment => {
|
||||
// either we are 1. completely inside the comment, or 2. at the end of the comment
|
||||
if (comment.pos < position && position < comment.end) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (position === comment.end) {
|
||||
const text = sourceFile.text;
|
||||
const width = comment.end - comment.pos;
|
||||
// is single line comment or just /*
|
||||
if (width <= 2 || text.charCodeAt(comment.pos + 1) === CharacterCodes.slash) {
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
// is unterminated multi-line comment
|
||||
return !(text.charCodeAt(comment.end - 1) === CharacterCodes.slash &&
|
||||
text.charCodeAt(comment.end - 2) === CharacterCodes.asterisk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
});
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getContainerNode(node: Node): Declaration {
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
node = node.parent;
|
||||
if (!node) {
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SourceFile:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodSignature:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SetAccessor:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
return <Declaration>node;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getNodeKind(node: Node): string {
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SourceFile:
|
||||
return isExternalModule(<SourceFile>node) ? ScriptElementKind.moduleElement : ScriptElementKind.scriptElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ModuleDeclaration:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.moduleElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ClassExpression:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.classElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.InterfaceDeclaration: return ScriptElementKind.interfaceElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeAliasDeclaration: return ScriptElementKind.typeElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumDeclaration: return ScriptElementKind.enumElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.VariableDeclaration:
|
||||
return getKindOfVariableDeclaration(<VariableDeclaration>node);
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.BindingElement:
|
||||
return getKindOfVariableDeclaration(<VariableDeclaration>getRootDeclaration(node));
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ArrowFunction:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.FunctionExpression:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.functionElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.GetAccessor: return ScriptElementKind.memberGetAccessorElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.SetAccessor: return ScriptElementKind.memberSetAccessorElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.MethodSignature:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberFunctionElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertyDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.PropertySignature:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.IndexSignature: return ScriptElementKind.indexSignatureElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ConstructSignature: return ScriptElementKind.constructSignatureElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.CallSignature: return ScriptElementKind.callSignatureElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Constructor: return ScriptElementKind.constructorImplementationElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.TypeParameter: return ScriptElementKind.typeParameterElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.EnumMember: return ScriptElementKind.enumMemberElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Parameter: return hasModifier(node, ModifierFlags.ParameterPropertyModifier) ? ScriptElementKind.memberVariableElement : ScriptElementKind.parameterElement;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportEqualsDeclaration:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportSpecifier:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ImportClause:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ExportSpecifier:
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.NamespaceImport:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.alias;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.JSDocTypedefTag:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.typeElement;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return ScriptElementKind.unknown;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
function getKindOfVariableDeclaration(v: VariableDeclaration): string {
|
||||
return isConst(v)
|
||||
? ScriptElementKind.constElement
|
||||
: isLet(v)
|
||||
? ScriptElementKind.letElement
|
||||
: ScriptElementKind.variableElement;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function getStringLiteralTypeForNode(node: StringLiteral | LiteralTypeNode, typeChecker: TypeChecker): LiteralType {
|
||||
const searchNode = node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.LiteralType ? <LiteralTypeNode>node.parent : node;
|
||||
const type = typeChecker.getTypeAtLocation(searchNode);
|
||||
if (type && type.flags & TypeFlags.StringLiteral) {
|
||||
return <LiteralType>type;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return undefined;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export function isThis(node: Node): boolean {
|
||||
switch (node.kind) {
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword:
|
||||
// case SyntaxKind.ThisType: TODO: GH#9267
|
||||
return true;
|
||||
case SyntaxKind.Identifier:
|
||||
// 'this' as a parameter
|
||||
return (node as Identifier).originalKeywordKind === SyntaxKind.ThisKeyword && node.parent.kind === SyntaxKind.Parameter;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return false;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Matches the beginning of a triple slash directive
|
||||
const tripleSlashDirectivePrefixRegex = /^\/\/\/\s*</;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -56,6 +56,6 @@ var p = new A.Point(0, 0); // unexpected error here, bug 840000
|
||||
>A.Point : typeof A.Point
|
||||
>A : typeof A
|
||||
>Point : typeof A.Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ var p = new A.Point(0, 0); // unexpected error here, bug 840000
|
||||
>A.Point : typeof A.Point
|
||||
>A : typeof A
|
||||
>Point : typeof A.Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ function Point() {
|
||||
return { x: 0, y: 0 };
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/internalModules/DeclarationMerging/test.ts ===
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ class Point {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module Point {
|
||||
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ module Point {
|
||||
|
||||
function Origin() { return ""; }// not an error, since not exported
|
||||
>Origin : () => string
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export module Point {
|
||||
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ module A {
|
||||
|
||||
function Origin() { return ""; }// not an error since not exported
|
||||
>Origin : () => string
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ class Point {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module Point {
|
||||
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ module Point {
|
||||
|
||||
var Origin = ""; // not an error, since not exported
|
||||
>Origin : string
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
export module Point {
|
||||
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ module A {
|
||||
|
||||
var Origin = ""; // not an error since not exported
|
||||
>Origin : string
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ class C {
|
||||
|
||||
x = 10;
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>10 : number
|
||||
>10 : 10
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
|
||||
for (var v of [true]) { }
|
||||
>v : boolean
|
||||
>[true] : boolean[]
|
||||
>true : boolean
|
||||
>true : true
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ function foo() {
|
||||
return { x: 0 };
|
||||
>{ x: 0 } : { x: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (foo().x of []) {
|
||||
>foo().x : number
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
|
||||
for (let v of ['a', 'b', 'c']) {
|
||||
>v : string
|
||||
>['a', 'b', 'c'] : string[]
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'b' : string
|
||||
>'c' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>'b' : "b"
|
||||
>'c' : "c"
|
||||
|
||||
var x = v;
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
|
||||
var a = [1, 2, 3];
|
||||
>a : number[]
|
||||
>[1, 2, 3] : number[]
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>2 : number
|
||||
>3 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>2 : 2
|
||||
>3 : 3
|
||||
|
||||
for (var v of a) {
|
||||
>v : number
|
||||
@@ -12,5 +12,5 @@ for (var v of a) {
|
||||
|
||||
let a = 0;
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
|
||||
var a = [1, 2, 3];
|
||||
>a : number[]
|
||||
>[1, 2, 3] : number[]
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>2 : number
|
||||
>3 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>2 : 2
|
||||
>3 : 3
|
||||
|
||||
for (var v of a) {
|
||||
>v : number
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
|
||||
for (var v of ['a', 'b', 'c'])
|
||||
>v : string
|
||||
>['a', 'b', 'c'] : string[]
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'b' : string
|
||||
>'c' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>'b' : "b"
|
||||
>'c' : "c"
|
||||
|
||||
var x = v;
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,6): error TS2461: Type 'string | number' is not an array type.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,7): error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,14): error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,7): error TS2322: Type '1' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,14): error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==== tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts (3 errors) ====
|
||||
@@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-of30.ts(3,14): error
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2461: Type 'string | number' is not an array type.
|
||||
~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '1' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
a;
|
||||
b;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ function foo() {
|
||||
return { x: 0 };
|
||||
>{ x: 0 } : { x: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
for (foo().x of []) {
|
||||
>foo().x : number
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-ofTypeCheck1.ts ===
|
||||
for (var v of "") { }
|
||||
>v : string
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-ofTypeCheck12.ts(1,17): error TS2495: Type 'number' is not an array type or a string type.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-ofTypeCheck12.ts(1,17): error TS2495: Type '0' is not an array type or a string type.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==== tests/cases/conformance/statements/for-ofStatements/ES5For-ofTypeCheck12.ts (1 errors) ====
|
||||
for (const v of 0) { }
|
||||
~
|
||||
!!! error TS2495: Type 'number' is not an array type or a string type.
|
||||
!!! error TS2495: Type '0' is not an array type or a string type.
|
||||
@@ -2,5 +2,5 @@
|
||||
for (var v of [true]) { }
|
||||
>v : boolean
|
||||
>[true] : boolean[]
|
||||
>true : boolean
|
||||
>true : true
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
|
||||
var tuple: [string, number] = ["", 0];
|
||||
>tuple : [string, number]
|
||||
>["", 0] : [string, number]
|
||||
>"" : string
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>"" : ""
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
for (var v of tuple) { }
|
||||
>v : string | number
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
|
||||
var array = [1,2,3];
|
||||
>array : number[]
|
||||
>[1,2,3] : number[]
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>2 : number
|
||||
>3 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>2 : 2
|
||||
>3 : 3
|
||||
|
||||
var sum = 0;
|
||||
>sum : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
for (let num of array) {
|
||||
>num : number
|
||||
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ for (let num of array) {
|
||||
>array = [4,5,6] : number[]
|
||||
>array : number[]
|
||||
>[4,5,6] : number[]
|
||||
>4 : number
|
||||
>5 : number
|
||||
>6 : number
|
||||
>4 : 4
|
||||
>5 : 5
|
||||
>6 : 6
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
sum += num;
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ enum enumdule {
|
||||
>enumdule : enumdule
|
||||
|
||||
Red, Blue
|
||||
>Red : enumdule
|
||||
>Blue : enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
>Blue : enumdule.Blue
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
module enumdule {
|
||||
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ var x: enumdule;
|
||||
|
||||
var x = enumdule.Red;
|
||||
>x : enumdule
|
||||
>enumdule.Red : enumdule
|
||||
>enumdule.Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
>enumdule : typeof enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
|
||||
var y: { x: number; y: number };
|
||||
>y : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ var y = new enumdule.Point(0, 0);
|
||||
>enumdule.Point : typeof enumdule.Point
|
||||
>enumdule : typeof enumdule
|
||||
>Point : typeof enumdule.Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
+1
-1
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export class Point3d extends Point {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0, z: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; z: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>z : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export class Line<TPoint extends Point>{
|
||||
>Line : Line<TPoint>
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export class Point3d extends Point {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0, z: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; z: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>z : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export class Line<TPoint extends Point>{
|
||||
>Line : Line<TPoint>
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Line : typeof Line
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>p : Point
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Line : typeof Line
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>p : Point
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Line : typeof Line
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>p : Point
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export interface Point3d extends Point {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0, z: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; z: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>z : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export interface Line<TPoint extends Point>{
|
||||
>Line : Line<TPoint>
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export interface Point3d extends Point {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
@@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0, z: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; z: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>z : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export interface Line<TPoint extends Point>{
|
||||
>Line : Line<TPoint>
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>new Point(0, 0) : Point
|
||||
>Point : typeof Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export class Line {
|
||||
>Line : Line
|
||||
@@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Line : typeof Line
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>p : Point
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
+6
-6
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export var Unity = { start: new Point(0, 0), end: new Point(1, 0) };
|
||||
>Unity : { start: Point; end: Point; }
|
||||
@@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ module A {
|
||||
>start : Point
|
||||
>new Point(0, 0) : Point
|
||||
>Point : typeof Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>end : Point
|
||||
>new Point(1, 0) : Point
|
||||
>Point : typeof Point
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
interface Point3d extends Point {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point3d : Point3d
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0, z: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; z: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>z : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
return { x: 0, y: 0 };
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ module B {
|
||||
>Origin : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ enum enumdule {
|
||||
>enumdule : enumdule
|
||||
|
||||
Red, Blue
|
||||
>Red : enumdule
|
||||
>Blue : enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
>Blue : enumdule.Blue
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
var x: enumdule;
|
||||
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ var x: enumdule;
|
||||
|
||||
var x = enumdule.Red;
|
||||
>x : enumdule
|
||||
>enumdule.Red : enumdule
|
||||
>enumdule.Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
>enumdule : typeof enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule
|
||||
>Red : enumdule.Red
|
||||
|
||||
var y: { x: number; y: number };
|
||||
>y : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
@@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ var y = new enumdule.Point(0, 0);
|
||||
>enumdule.Point : typeof enumdule.Point
|
||||
>enumdule : typeof enumdule
|
||||
>Point : typeof enumdule.Point
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
+5
-5
@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/internalModules/DeclarationMerging/part2.ts ===
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ module A {
|
||||
// not a collision, since we don't export
|
||||
var Origin: string = "0,0";
|
||||
>Origin : string
|
||||
>"0,0" : string
|
||||
>"0,0" : "0,0"
|
||||
|
||||
export module Utils {
|
||||
>Utils : typeof Utils
|
||||
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ var p = new A.Utils.Plane(o, { x: 1, y: 1 });
|
||||
>o : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>{ x: 1, y: 1 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ module otherRoot {
|
||||
>Point : Root.A.Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export module Utils {
|
||||
>Utils : typeof Utils
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ module A {
|
||||
>Point : Point
|
||||
>{ x: 0, y: 0 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
export module Utils {
|
||||
>Utils : typeof Utils
|
||||
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ var p = new A.Utils.Plane(o, { x: 1, y: 1 });
|
||||
>o : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>{ x: 1, y: 1 } : { x: number; y: number; }
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/expressions/typeGuards/TypeGuardWithEnumUnion.ts ===
|
||||
enum Color { R, G, B }
|
||||
>Color : Color
|
||||
>R : Color
|
||||
>G : Color
|
||||
>B : Color
|
||||
>R : Color.R
|
||||
>G : Color.G
|
||||
>B : Color.B
|
||||
|
||||
function f1(x: Color | string) {
|
||||
>f1 : (x: string | Color) => void
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/es6/variableDeclarations/VariableDeclaration10_es6.ts ===
|
||||
let a: number = 1
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/es6/variableDeclarations/VariableDeclaration3_es6.ts ===
|
||||
const a = 1
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>a : 1
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/es6/variableDeclarations/VariableDeclaration5_es6.ts ===
|
||||
const a: number = 1
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/es6/variableDeclarations/VariableDeclaration8_es6.ts ===
|
||||
let a = 1
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/compiler/abstractIdentifierNameStrict.ts ===
|
||||
var abstract = true;
|
||||
>abstract : boolean
|
||||
>true : boolean
|
||||
>true : true
|
||||
|
||||
function foo() {
|
||||
>foo : () => void
|
||||
|
||||
"use strict";
|
||||
>"use strict" : string
|
||||
>"use strict" : "use strict"
|
||||
|
||||
var abstract = true;
|
||||
>abstract : boolean
|
||||
>true : boolean
|
||||
>true : true
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class C extends B {
|
||||
|
||||
get prop() { return "foo"; }
|
||||
>prop : string
|
||||
>"foo" : string
|
||||
>"foo" : "foo"
|
||||
|
||||
set prop(v) { }
|
||||
>prop : string
|
||||
@@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ class C extends B {
|
||||
|
||||
raw = "edge";
|
||||
>raw : string
|
||||
>"edge" : string
|
||||
>"edge" : "edge"
|
||||
|
||||
readonly ro = "readonly please";
|
||||
>ro : string
|
||||
>"readonly please" : string
|
||||
>ro : "readonly please"
|
||||
>"readonly please" : "readonly please"
|
||||
|
||||
readonlyProp: string; // don't have to give a value, in fact
|
||||
>readonlyProp : string
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@ class Point {
|
||||
>"x=" + this.x + " y=" + this.y : string
|
||||
>"x=" + this.x + " y=" : string
|
||||
>"x=" + this.x : string
|
||||
>"x=" : string
|
||||
>"x=" : "x="
|
||||
>this.x : number
|
||||
>this : this
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
>" y=" : string
|
||||
>" y=" : " y="
|
||||
>this.y : number
|
||||
>this : this
|
||||
>y : number
|
||||
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ class ColoredPoint extends Point {
|
||||
>super.toString : () => string
|
||||
>super : Point
|
||||
>toString : () => string
|
||||
>" color=" : string
|
||||
>" color=" : " color="
|
||||
>this.color : string
|
||||
>this : this
|
||||
>color : string
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ class C {
|
||||
>x : number
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ var x = {
|
||||
|
||||
get a() { return 1 }
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
var y = {
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(2,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(3,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(3,55): error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(3,55): error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(5,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(5,54): error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(5,54): error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(6,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(8,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(9,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(9,52): error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(9,52): error TS2322: Type '0' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(11,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(11,51): error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(11,51): error TS2322: Type '0' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(12,16): error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(12,16): error TS1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
|
||||
public get AnnotatedSetter_SetterLast() { return ""; }
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'string' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '""' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
public set AnnotatedSetter_SetterLast(a: number) { }
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ tests/cases/compiler/accessors_spec_section-4.5_error-cases.ts(12,16): error TS1
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '0' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
|
||||
public set AnnotatedGetter_GetterLast(aStr) { aStr = 0; }
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '0' is not assignable to type 'string'.
|
||||
public get AnnotatedGetter_GetterLast(): string { return ""; }
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS1056: Accessors are only available when targeting ECMAScript 5 and higher.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -22,5 +22,5 @@ var kitty = a(1);
|
||||
>kitty : string
|
||||
>a(1) : string
|
||||
>a : Bar
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ class C {
|
||||
}
|
||||
enum E { a, b, c }
|
||||
>E : E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
>c : E.c
|
||||
|
||||
module M { export var a }
|
||||
>M : typeof M
|
||||
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@ var r15 = a + E.a;
|
||||
>r15 : any
|
||||
>a + E.a : any
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
|
||||
var r16 = a + M;
|
||||
>r16 : any
|
||||
@@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ var r17 = a + '';
|
||||
>r17 : string
|
||||
>a + '' : string
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r18 = a + 123;
|
||||
>r18 : any
|
||||
>a + 123 : any
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
>123 : number
|
||||
>123 : 123
|
||||
|
||||
var r19 = a + { a: '' };
|
||||
>r19 : any
|
||||
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ var r19 = a + { a: '' };
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
>{ a: '' } : { a: string; }
|
||||
>a : string
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r20 = a + ((a: string) => { return a });
|
||||
>r20 : any
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(25,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Object' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(26,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Object' and 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(27,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Object' and 'Object'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(30,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(31,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(32,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(30,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'true'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(31,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'false'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(32,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and '123'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(33,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{}' and '{}'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(34,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'number' and 'Number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(35,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'number' and '() => void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(36,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'number' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(37,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'number' and 'typeof C'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(38,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'C'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(39,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(40,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'typeof M'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(38,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'C'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(39,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts(40,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'typeof M'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
==== tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithInvalidOperands.ts (19 errors) ====
|
||||
@@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
// other cases
|
||||
var r10 = a + true;
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'true'.
|
||||
var r11 = true + false;
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'false'.
|
||||
var r12 = true + 123;
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'number'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and '123'.
|
||||
var r13 = {} + {};
|
||||
~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{}' and '{}'.
|
||||
@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'number' and 'typeof C'.
|
||||
var r18 = E.a + new C();
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'C'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'C'.
|
||||
var r19 = E.a + C.foo();
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'void'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'void'.
|
||||
var r20 = E.a + M;
|
||||
~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E' and 'typeof M'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'E.a' and 'typeof M'.
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(15,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Object' and 'Object'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(16,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'void' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(19,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Number' and 'Number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(20,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(20,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'true'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(21,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{ a: string; }' and '{ a: string; }'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(22,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'void' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNullValueAndInvalidOperator.ts(23,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '() => void' and '() => void'.
|
||||
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Number' and 'Number'.
|
||||
var r8 = null + true;
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'true'.
|
||||
var r9 = null + { a: '' };
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{ a: string; }' and '{ a: string; }'.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
enum E { a, b, c }
|
||||
>E : E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
>c : E.c
|
||||
|
||||
var a: any;
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ var r4 = null + 1;
|
||||
>r4 : number
|
||||
>null + 1 : number
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
var r5 = null + c;
|
||||
>r5 : number
|
||||
@@ -56,17 +56,17 @@ var r6 = null + E.a;
|
||||
>r6 : number
|
||||
>null + E.a : number
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
|
||||
var r7 = null + E['a'];
|
||||
>r7 : number
|
||||
>null + E['a'] : number
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
|
||||
var r8 = b + null;
|
||||
>r8 : number
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ var r8 = b + null;
|
||||
var r9 = 1 + null;
|
||||
>r9 : number
|
||||
>1 + null : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
|
||||
var r10 = c + null
|
||||
@@ -89,17 +89,17 @@ var r10 = c + null
|
||||
var r11 = E.a + null;
|
||||
>r11 : number
|
||||
>E.a + null : number
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
|
||||
var r12 = E['a'] + null;
|
||||
>r12 : number
|
||||
>E['a'] + null : number
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
|
||||
// null + string
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ var r14 = null + '';
|
||||
>r14 : string
|
||||
>null + '' : string
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r15 = d + null;
|
||||
>r15 : string
|
||||
@@ -124,6 +124,6 @@ var r15 = d + null;
|
||||
var r16 = '' + null;
|
||||
>r16 : string
|
||||
>'' + null : string
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
>null : null
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithNumberAndEnum.ts ===
|
||||
enum E { a, b }
|
||||
>E : E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
|
||||
enum F { c, d }
|
||||
>F : F
|
||||
>c : F
|
||||
>d : F
|
||||
>c : F.c
|
||||
>d : F.d
|
||||
|
||||
var a: number;
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
@@ -48,46 +48,46 @@ var r4 = b + b;
|
||||
var r5 = 0 + a;
|
||||
>r5 : number
|
||||
>0 + a : number
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
>a : number
|
||||
|
||||
var r6 = E.a + 0;
|
||||
>r6 : number
|
||||
>E.a + 0 : number
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
var r7 = E.a + E.b;
|
||||
>r7 : number
|
||||
>E.a + E.b : number
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>E.b : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>E.b : E.b
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
|
||||
var r8 = E['a'] + E['b'];
|
||||
>r8 : number
|
||||
>E['a'] + E['b'] : number
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>E['b'] : E
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>E['b'] : E.b
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'b' : string
|
||||
>'b' : "b"
|
||||
|
||||
var r9 = E['a'] + F['c'];
|
||||
>r9 : number
|
||||
>E['a'] + F['c'] : number
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>F['c'] : F
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>F['c'] : F.c
|
||||
>F : typeof F
|
||||
>'c' : string
|
||||
>'c' : "c"
|
||||
|
||||
var r10 = a + c;
|
||||
>r10 : number
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
|
||||
=== tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithStringAndEveryType.ts ===
|
||||
enum E { a, b, c }
|
||||
>E : E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
>c : E.c
|
||||
|
||||
var a: any;
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
@@ -129,21 +129,21 @@ var r16 = x + E.a;
|
||||
>r16 : string
|
||||
>x + E.a : string
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
|
||||
var r17 = x + '';
|
||||
>r17 : string
|
||||
>x + '' : string
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r18 = x + 0;
|
||||
>r18 : string
|
||||
>x + 0 : string
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
>0 : number
|
||||
>0 : 0
|
||||
|
||||
var r19 = x + { a: '' };
|
||||
>r19 : string
|
||||
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ var r19 = x + { a: '' };
|
||||
>x : string
|
||||
>{ a: '' } : { a: string; }
|
||||
>a : string
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r20 = x + [];
|
||||
>r20 : string
|
||||
|
||||
+2
-2
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(15,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Object' and 'Object'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(16,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'void' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(19,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Number' and 'Number'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(20,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(20,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'true'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(21,10): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{ a: string; }' and '{ a: string; }'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(22,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'void' and 'void'.
|
||||
tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOperatorWithUndefinedValueAndInvalidOperands.ts(23,11): error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '() => void' and '() => void'.
|
||||
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ tests/cases/conformance/expressions/binaryOperators/additionOperator/additionOpe
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'Number' and 'Number'.
|
||||
var r8 = undefined + true;
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'boolean' and 'boolean'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types 'true' and 'true'.
|
||||
var r9 = undefined + { a: '' };
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
!!! error TS2365: Operator '+' cannot be applied to types '{ a: string; }' and '{ a: string; }'.
|
||||
|
||||
+15
-15
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
enum E { a, b, c }
|
||||
>E : E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>b : E.b
|
||||
>c : E.c
|
||||
|
||||
var a: any;
|
||||
>a : any
|
||||
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ var r4 = undefined + 1;
|
||||
>r4 : number
|
||||
>undefined + 1 : number
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
var r5 = undefined + c;
|
||||
>r5 : number
|
||||
@@ -56,17 +56,17 @@ var r6 = undefined + E.a;
|
||||
>r6 : number
|
||||
>undefined + E.a : number
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
|
||||
var r7 = undefined + E['a'];
|
||||
>r7 : number
|
||||
>undefined + E['a'] : number
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
|
||||
var r8 = b + undefined;
|
||||
>r8 : number
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ var r8 = b + undefined;
|
||||
var r9 = 1 + undefined;
|
||||
>r9 : number
|
||||
>1 + undefined : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
|
||||
var r10 = c + undefined
|
||||
@@ -89,17 +89,17 @@ var r10 = c + undefined
|
||||
var r11 = E.a + undefined;
|
||||
>r11 : number
|
||||
>E.a + undefined : number
|
||||
>E.a : E
|
||||
>E.a : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>a : E.a
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
|
||||
var r12 = E['a'] + undefined;
|
||||
>r12 : number
|
||||
>E['a'] + undefined : number
|
||||
>E['a'] : E
|
||||
>E['a'] : E.a
|
||||
>E : typeof E
|
||||
>'a' : string
|
||||
>'a' : "a"
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
|
||||
// undefined + string
|
||||
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ var r14 = undefined + '';
|
||||
>r14 : string
|
||||
>undefined + '' : string
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
|
||||
var r15 = d + undefined;
|
||||
>r15 : string
|
||||
@@ -124,6 +124,6 @@ var r15 = d + undefined;
|
||||
var r16 = '' + undefined;
|
||||
>r16 : string
|
||||
>'' + undefined : string
|
||||
>'' : string
|
||||
>'' : ""
|
||||
>undefined : undefined
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_1.ts(3,1): error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'typeof "tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_moduleA"'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_1.ts(3,1): error TS2322: Type '1' is not assignable to type 'typeof "tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_moduleA"'.
|
||||
tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_1.ts(5,1): error TS2322: Type 'typeof "tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_moduleA"' is not assignable to type 'number'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_1.ts(5,1): error TS2322: Type 'typeof "tes
|
||||
var x = moduleA;
|
||||
x = 1; // Should be error
|
||||
~
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type 'number' is not assignable to type 'typeof "tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_moduleA"'.
|
||||
!!! error TS2322: Type '1' is not assignable to type 'typeof "tests/cases/compiler/aliasAssignments_moduleA"'.
|
||||
var y = 1;
|
||||
y = moduleA; // should be error
|
||||
~
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ declare enum E2 {
|
||||
|
||||
a = 1,
|
||||
>a : E2
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
b,
|
||||
>b : E2
|
||||
|
||||
c = 2,
|
||||
>c : E2
|
||||
>2 : number
|
||||
>2 : 2
|
||||
|
||||
d
|
||||
>d : E2
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -6,13 +6,13 @@ declare enum E {
|
||||
|
||||
a = 10,
|
||||
>a : E
|
||||
>10 : number
|
||||
>10 : 10
|
||||
|
||||
b = 10 + 1,
|
||||
>b : E
|
||||
>10 + 1 : number
|
||||
>10 : number
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>10 : 10
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
c = b,
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
@@ -23,13 +23,13 @@ declare enum E {
|
||||
>(c) + 1 : number
|
||||
>(c) : E
|
||||
>c : E
|
||||
>1 : number
|
||||
>1 : 1
|
||||
|
||||
e = 10 << 2 * 8,
|
||||
>e : E
|
||||
>10 << 2 * 8 : number
|
||||
>10 : number
|
||||
>10 : 10
|
||||
>2 * 8 : number
|
||||
>2 : number
|
||||
>8 : number
|
||||
>2 : 2
|
||||
>8 : 8
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ declare enum E {
|
||||
|
||||
e = 3
|
||||
>e : E
|
||||
>3 : number
|
||||
>3 : 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4,6 +4,6 @@ declare enum E {
|
||||
|
||||
e = -3 // Negative
|
||||
>e : E
|
||||
>-3 : number
|
||||
>3 : number
|
||||
>-3 : -3
|
||||
>3 : 3
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ declare enum E {
|
||||
|
||||
e = 3.3 // Decimal
|
||||
>e : E
|
||||
>3.3 : number
|
||||
>3.3 : 3.3
|
||||
}
|
||||
Loaded 100 of 2343 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff.
Show more
Reference in new issue
Block a user